Commit Graph

24385 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Adrian Schmutzler
33c27ccf4a ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3
This ports support for the TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3 from ar71xx to ath79.

The basic features appear to be identical to the Archer C7 v1, however
it has the (supported) QCA9880-BR4A chip of the C7 v2.

Specifications:

  SoC:       QCA9558
  CPU:       720 MHz
  Flash:     8 MiB
  RAM:       128 MiB
  WLAN:      2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
             Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880-BR4A
  Ethernet:  5x Gbit ports
  USB:       2x 2.0 ports

Flashing instructions:

Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI.

TFTP recovery appears to be available as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-04 18:21:08 +01:00
John Audia
2abc55b2e2 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.81
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no human intervention needed

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[another refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-04 16:34:39 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
aafee2b3e9 ramips: drop redundant status for gpio/gpio0
The first gpio controller (gpio or gpio0) is always enabled by
default in the SoC DTSI files. No need to set status=okay in the
device DTS files a second time.

Remove the redundant statements.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-04 15:52:23 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
72bd92bea0 ath79: drop num-cs for SPI controller
None of the spi drivers on ath79 uses the num-cs property.

Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-12-04 15:50:24 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1ed18edaec ath79: remove num-chipselects from SPI controller
The num-chipselects property is only valid for bit-banged spi-gpio [1].

For the generic SPI controller bindings, num-cs would be the correct
property [2].

Since num-cs is not required on ath79 either, just drop the lines.

[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.yaml
[2] https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-04 15:48:54 +01:00
Mengyang Li
9c13513ce1 x86: enable CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI for x86_64
Some x86_64 single board computer (including Atomic Pi)
has onboard emmc, but requires CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI driver
to use or boot from it.

Here is boot message for the mmc device

[    2.838008] mmc0: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:00] using ADMA
[    2.857536] mmc1: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:01] using ADMA
[    2.950019] mmc0: new HS200 MMC card at address 0001
[    3.158271] mmcblk0: mmc0:0001 M52516 14.6 GiB
[    3.170290] mmcblk0boot0: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 1 4.00 MiB
[    3.177191] mmcblk0boot1: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 2 4.00 MiB
[    3.183963] mmcblk0rpmb: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 3 4.00 MiB, \
chardev (248:0)

Other lines changed in this config file are introduced by menuconfig.

Signed-off-by: Mengyang Li <mayli.he@gmail.com>
2020-12-03 23:51:07 -10:00
Daniele Castro
9e7a0f45d8 brcm63xx: add USB status LED in 01_leds for ADP P.DG A4001N
Add a status LED in 01_leds for USB 2-1 connected devices.

Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
2020-12-04 08:29:44 +01:00
David Bauer
cea169702c ath79: remove ar934x MDIO reset from MAC node
Remove the MDIO reset from the MAC mode for the AR934x SoC family.
The reset is currently also defined for the MDIO node, where the reset
is acquired exclusively.

In case the ethernet node is enabled, this triggers a warning, as the
reset is already acquired by the MAC.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-12-02 23:13:46 +01:00
Sieng Piaw Liew
ba74da5b99 bcm63xx: enetsw: switch to netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align
Increases packet processing performance by 30%.
Tested on BCM6328 320 MHz and iperf3 -M 512 for packet/sec performance.

Before:
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth       Retr
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   120 MBytes  33.7 Mbits/sec  277             sender
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   120 MBytes  33.5 Mbits/sec                  receiver

After:
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth       Retr
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   155 MBytes  43.3 Mbits/sec  354             sender
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   154 MBytes  43.1 Mbits/sec                  receiver

Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Merge patches, amend commit and add patch description]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-12-02 20:32:12 +01:00
Sieng Piaw Liew
eefbcf2915 bcm63xx: batch process RX path
Use netif_receive_skb_list to batch process skb in RX.
Tested on BCM6328 320 MHz using iperf3 -M 512, increasing performance by 12.5%.

Before:
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth       Retr
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   120 MBytes  33.7 Mbits/sec  277             sender
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   120 MBytes  33.5 Mbits/sec                  receiver

After:
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth       Retr
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   136 MBytes  37.9 Mbits/sec  203             sender
[  4]   0.00-30.00  sec   135 MBytes  37.7 Mbits/sec                  receiver

Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Amend commit description]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-12-02 20:25:32 +01:00
Thomas Huehn
f330f991c1 ath79: enable LNA for all ar9344 TPLink CPE devices
The TPLink CPE devices CPE210/CPE510 based on ar9344 have a build-in
Low Noise Amplifier on both of the 2x2 mimo rx chains.
This patch activates those two LNAs in the respective receiving chains
and hence improves the RX sensitivity by about 20dB.

Tested on CPE510 v2 & v3.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-12-02 16:28:19 +01:00
John Crispin
9aabd934a9 realtek: fix SFP ports on the dlink 10port switch
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 10:43:45 +01:00
John Crispin
cfbda66279 realtek: add zyxel_gs1900-10hp support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:54:14 +01:00
John Crispin
1dc5d56ca0 realtek: cleanup package selection
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:53:52 +01:00
John Crispin
9aa4490502 realtek: clean up board.json generation
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.

The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1

The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:53:21 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
760952ad02 ath79: restore sysupgrade support for ja76pf2 and routerstations
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.

Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:

0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")

cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-01 20:03:15 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
474aa3237c ath79: wlr-7100: remove device variant indicator
As reported by user, the same image works on both device variants which
are v1 001 and v1 002.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:43:18 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
59130180ec tegra: sysupgrade: write additional information to log output
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:40:22 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
1f6bec2288 tegra: sysupgrade: use v function for writing logs
Sync with x86 target changes.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:39:29 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
1ac3b53278 mvebu: sysupgrade: write additional information to log output
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:39:08 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
b5036569aa mvebu: sysupgrade: use v function for writing logs
Sync with x86 target changes.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:38:43 +01:00
David Bauer
f64496f30f generic: ipeth: fix iOS 14 tethering
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-30 09:31:25 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
fcea027df6 lantiq: fix build of squashfs images
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.

Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-29 00:53:44 +01:00
Pavel Chervontsev
6d98c098e4 ramips: add support for ASUS RT-N56U B1
Specifications:

SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)

Installation:

Via TFTP:
    Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
    Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
    Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
    Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
    tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE

MAC addresses:

0x4     *:98  2g/wan, label
0x22    *:9c
0x28    *:98
0x8004  *:9c  5g/lan

Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-28 20:51:50 +01:00
Klaus Kudielka
485ce5bbe5 mvebu: fixup Turris Omnia U-Boot environment
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.

By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-27 17:36:10 -10:00
Klaus Kudielka
dfa357a3de mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot environment
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).

Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.

Some notes on the U-Boot environment:

The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.

The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.

This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:

Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
2020-11-26 21:55:59 -10:00
Klaus Kudielka
afd4375a33 mvebu: Add turris-omnia.bootscript
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.

Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.

Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
  .img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
  on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
  mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
  dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.

Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
2020-11-26 21:52:04 -10:00
Daniel Golle
7fd3c68137 initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.

Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.

Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-11-27 01:23:43 +00:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
4420ddaa58 kernel: clean up patch fuzz
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around.  Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-11-26 17:32:43 +00:00
John Crispin
18a53d43d6 kernel: add GS110TPPV1 support to mtdsplit_uimage
The ID is used be a Realtek based switch made by Netgear.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-26 13:29:42 +01:00
John Crispin
2b88563ee5 realtek: update the tree to the latest refactored version
* rename the target to realtek
* add refactored DSA driver
* add latest gpio driver
* lots of arch cleanups
* new irq driver
* additional boards

Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-26 13:29:27 +01:00
John Audia
4e39949dd1 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.80
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
  backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
2020-11-26 11:17:55 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
f29231ece7 ramips: mt7621: replace missing custom-initramfs-uimage
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.

Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-26 09:12:57 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b69c21738e treewide: add space before SPDX identifier
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.

Correct:

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT

Wrong:

//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT

Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).

Found by checkpatch.pl

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 19:34:13 +01:00
Ataberk Özen
4287f73989 ramips: add support for Xiaomi Mi Router 4C
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.

Specifications:

- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
                      - Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset

How to install:

1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
   Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
   the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
   to OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 19:34:13 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
30c95c4d26 tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:42:59 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
fa9e8a008a tegra: sysupgrade: remove redundant MBR check
This is already done by get_partitions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:39:12 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
456f5680db mvebu: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-11-25 18:18:54 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
f06adb64bf mvebu: sysupgrade: remove redundant MBR check
This is already done by get_partitions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:13:54 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
8582e15616 rtl838x: drop custom mkimage build function
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-25 16:34:56 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
ab1584a797 ath79: netgear: trim down uImage customisations
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 16:33:49 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
9f574b1b87 ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-25 15:51:22 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
4a243ae332 mvebu: base-files: move additional files to subtargets
Both of these scripts are only relevant to cortexa9, therefore move them
there.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-11-25 13:58:29 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
92b3efec54 mvebu: sort patches
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:57:50 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bffb30603c mvebu: remove redundant patch for Linksys LED trigger
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.

Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:48:01 +01:00
Filip Moc
b641eb6ecf ramips: add support for TP-Link MR6400 v5
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
  - smaller form factor
  - different LED GPIOs
  - different switch connections

You can flash via tftp recovery:
 - serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
 - connect to any ethernet port
 - power on the device while holding the reset button
 - wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button

Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.

LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.

Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
 - SoC: MT7628NN
 - Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
 - RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
 - Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
 - Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
 - WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
 - Power: DC 9V 0.85A

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Michael Pratt
b31aaa0580 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius EAP300 v2
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A

Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.

**Specification:**

  - AR9341
  - 40 MHz reference clock
  - 16 MB FLASH			MX25L12845EMI-10G
  - 64 MB RAM
  - UART at J1			(populated)
  - Ethernet port with POE
  - internal antennas
  - 3 LEDs, 1 button		(power, eth, wlan) (reset)

**MAC addresses:**

  phy0  *:d3   art 0x1002 (label)
  eth0  *:d4   art 0x0/0x6

**Installation:**

  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

  OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
  username and password "admin"
  Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
  Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
  Upload and verify checksum
  Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

  After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
  Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
  execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
  wait a minute
  connect to ethernet and navigate to
  "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
  Select the factory.bin image and upload
  wait about 3 minutes

**Return to OEM:**

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
  If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):

  rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
  make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
  power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly

  NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
  try setting MTU to 600 and try many times

**Format of OEM firmware image:**

  The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring.

  The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.

  OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
  expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
  and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
  overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
f1c6523376 lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
8e8fcce609 apm821xx: clean up target/subtarget features
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Filip Moc
4f4f6def0e ramips: add license to TP-Link MR6400 v4's DTS
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Matthew Gyurgyik
aab36200e7 imagebuilder: fix partition signature
When building images with the imagebuilder, the partition signature
never changes. The signature is generated by hashing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
and LINUX_VERMAGIC which are undefined. Prepopulate these variables, as
done by the SDK.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
2020-11-24 14:46:05 -10:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
bc64b9c32e treewide: update email address of Tomasz Maciej Nowak
Replace my o2.pl email address.

I'm still available at the old address.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 15:39:07 +01:00
John Audia
9100566267 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.79
Manually rebased patches:
  ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
  bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
  bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
  ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch

Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
  ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 15:36:59 +01:00
Yanase Yuki
cba79b1de2 ath79: move device specific nodes to DTS files for Devolo 1xxx
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.

This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 14:40:55 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b0ecae504b ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225 v3
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:

    Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
    Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."

Tested by forum user blinkstar88

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
4f86edf477 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface

Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
  * Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:

    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2F
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E

Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b11ad48764 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP245 v1
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
  by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
  (e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
  patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
  the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
  (via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.

    --- xxd uclited
    +++ xxd uclited-patched
    @@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
     000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D... ..........
     000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000  ...L..(!........
    -000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010  .D....E.'.......
    +000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D..$...........
     000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058  .@.....!...t<..X
     000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809  <..V$...$..0. ..

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.

EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
7a875d155e ath79: prepare for 1-port TP-Link EAP2x5 devices
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1

Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.

Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Julien Dusser
87627b2d76 ath79: add QCA956x SERDES init workaround
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.

Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.

Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.

Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
    Minor code style fixes,
    Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
    Remove variable err that was only assigned,
    Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
    Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
8dd2a1715b ath79: ensure QCA956x gmac0 mux selects sgmii
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Vladimir Vid
c0af4a0ca2 mvebu: add initial support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.

- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot

** Installation **

Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/

Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.

Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.

Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device

Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive

Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb

Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r

Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.

Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync

Reboot the device.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
cdff729b27 layerscape: enable spi-uart in LS1012A-FRDM
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.

It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
4dc27a026b layerscape: add i2c peripherials on LS1012A-RDB
LS1012A-RDB equipped in some i2c devices:
  - 3x GPIO Expander: PCAL9555A (NXP)
  - Gyro: FXAS21002 (NXP)
  - Accelerometer: FXOS8700 (NXP)
  - Current & Power Monitor: INA220 (TI)

This patch enables i2c peripherials installed on LS1012A-RDB.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
65f8d7360c layerscape: make initramfs kernel fit packed
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
René van Dorst
6e1a4496f5 ramips: phy: at803x: Select SFP interface mode that both sides supports.
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.

For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.

So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.

Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
223eec7e81 kernel: mtd: parser: cmdline: Fix parsing of part-names with colons
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:

  root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait

The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:

  KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)

Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.

Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.

Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
8231994d3f ipq40xx: DTS style updates for OpenMesh devices
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.

* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-23 13:44:47 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
eb087ae4f4 ath79: move the squashfs feature to the parent target
All subtargets define it. Move it to the parent target and remove
it from all subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 13:20:53 +01:00
Paulo Machado
b19a684f46 imagebuilder: fix main entry makefile
Remove a syntax error from ImageBuider Makefile

Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Paulo Machado <pffmachado@yahoo.com>
2020-11-23 03:13:46 +00:00
Filip Moc
0d65177658 ramips: add support for TP-Link MR6400 v4
You can flash via tftp recovery:
 - serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
 - connect to any ethernet port
 - power on the device while holding the reset button
 - wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button

Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.

LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.

Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
 - SoC: MT7628NN
 - Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
 - RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
 - Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
 - Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
 - WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
 - Power: DC 9V 0.85A

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-23 00:46:40 +00:00
Filip Moc
1e69106e34 generic: add DTR quirk patch for MR400 LTE
This is required for LTE module MR400 in TL-MR6400 v4.

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-23 00:45:44 +00:00
Paul Spooren
418362b1cc imagebuilder: add package signature verification
The ImageBuilder downloads pre-built packages and adds them to images.
This process uses `opkg` which has the capability to verify package list
signatures via `usign`, as enabled per default on running OpenWrt
devices.

Until now this was disabled for ImageBuilders because neither the `opkg`
keys nor the `opkg-add` script was present during first packagelist
update.

To harden the ImageBuilder against *drive-by-download-attacks* both keys
and verification script are added to the ImageBuilder allowing `opkg` to
verify downloaded package indices.

This commit adds `opkg-add` to the ImageBuilder scripts folder. The keys
folder is added to ImageBuilder $TOPDIR to have an obvious place for users to
store their own keys. The `option check_signature` is appended to the
repositories.conf file. All of the above only happens if the Buildbot
runs with the SIGNATURE_CHECK option.

The keys stored in the ImageBuilder keys/ are the same as included in
the openwrt-keyring package. To avoid the chicken-egg problem of
downloading and verifying a package, containing signing keys, the keys
are added during the ImageBuilder generation. They are same as in
shipped images (stored at `/etc/opkg/keys/`).

To allow a local package feed in which the user can add additional
packages, a local set of `usign` and `ucert` keys is generated, same as
building OpenWrt from source. The private key signs the local repository
inside the packages/ folder. The local public key is added to the keys/
folder to be considered by `opkg` when updating repositories. This way a
local package feed can be modified while requiring `opkg` to check
signatures for remote feed, making HTTPS optional.

The new option `ADD_LOCAL_KEY` allows to add the local key inside the
created images, adding the advantage that sysupgrades can validate the
ImageBuilders local key.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-19 22:15:00 +00:00
Marc Egerton
f276395cda ramips: add support for the Hak5 WiFi Pineapple Mark 7
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.

Specifications:
    * SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
    * RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
    * Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
    * Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
    * Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
    * Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
    * Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
    * USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
    * Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
    * UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
    * Inputs: 1x Reset Button
    * Outputs: 1x RGB LED
    * FCCID: 2AA52MK7

Flash Instructions:
    Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
    Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.

Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
a92d55efcf ath79: fix reset button support on 8devices Lima
This fixes 'linux,code' property name and value for the 'reset' key node
in 8devices Lima DTS file.

Problem and solution were reported on the forum, see:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/resetbutton-not-working-ath79-8devices-lima/78810

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
6d65e3af9b ath79: calculate Eth MACs from WLAN on ALFA Network R36A
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
64a6f4a9c1 ath79: add support for ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
d44463b087 ath79: add label MAC address for ALFA Network N5Q
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e0cc68daad ramips: use m25p,fast-read on Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gb/3G v2
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.

Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.

Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
John Audia
667f6c7f49 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.77
Manually rebased patches:
 bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
 generic-backport/744-v5.5-net-sfp-soft-status-and-control-support.patch
 layerscape/patches-5.4/819-uart-0005-tty-serial-fsl_lpuart-enable-dma-mode-for-imx8qxp.patch
 mvebu/patches-5.4/521-arm64-dts-marvell-espressobin-Add-ethernet-switch-al.patch

Removed:
 layerscape/patches-5.4/819-uart-0012-tty-serial-lpuart-add-LS1028A-support.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL, x86_64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
Nick Hainke
79f3f1358b ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC Gen2
CPU:         Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM:         64 MB DDR2
Flash:       16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports:       2x GbE

Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common

Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
   Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
   `hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
    hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
   `chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)

To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
aafbfc6ac3 ath79: fix missing ";;" in 11-ath10k-caldata
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.

Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 19:26:25 +01:00
Paul Fertser
4d36569b9c ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.

Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.

If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.

[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454

Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
2020-11-16 14:05:24 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
03d178727a kernel: remove mvsw61xx swconfig driver
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-11-16 13:55:05 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7661b83768 mediatek: fix mixed indent in DTS files
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).

The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2658008a2a treewide: remove default-state off for LEDs
default-state = "off" is default for LEDs, no need to specify it
explicitly.

https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
4e885dd90a mvebu: LS421DE: improve the HDD leds
Improve the HDD LEDs used for disk activity:
 - Use the trigger activity per ata channel

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
fe1f11ce32 ramips: mt7621: fix Telco X1 GPIO switches
The GPIO base of MT7621 GPIO 0~31 is 480 on kernel 5.4
Fix the GPIO numbering.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Paul Spooren
47e089e30e bcm27xx: add bit variant to redundant RaspberryPi
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-15 00:24:12 +00:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95b0751d0f ipq40xx: do not remove pci@40000000 for ap.dk04.1
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.

However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.

[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")

Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-13 18:34:41 +01:00
Robert Marko
4f277b4da5 ipq40xx: 5.4: update and reorder patches
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.

So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.

This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-13 16:08:58 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
a8fb12a7d6 build: filter out more autogenerated kernel config options
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:18:20 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
f307684ab2 kernel: rename mtdpart_get_master to mtd_get_master
Preparation for supporting newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:16:51 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
92b707f61b kernel: ip17xx: use pr_warn instead of pr_warning
Fixes build with newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:16:31 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
41b867165d generic: platform/mikrotik: implement multi caldata
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).

Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.

Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.

As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:

wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )

This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.

Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Alberto Bursi
ccddc3470c x86: generic: disable CONFIG_EFI_VARS
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in 
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as 
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS 
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.

The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they 
don't have this issue

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Birger Koblitz
fba69a5a30 rtl838x: Add switch and ethernet driver support for RTL839x SoCs
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
02e8182d87 sunxi: add support for Libre Computer ALL-H3-CC H5
Specification:

- CPU: Allwinner H5, Quad-core Cortex-A53 Up to 1GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 2GB
- Network:
    10/100M Ethernet x 1
- IR: x1 (Receive)
- USB (Host) Type-A x3
- USB (OTG) Type-A x1
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- eMMC Slot x1
- MicroUSB power input
- GPIO 40pin header
- UART 3pin header
- Leds:
    - librecomputer:blue:status
    - librecomputer:green:pwr
- Buttons:
    - uboot button (used to enter fel mode)
    - power button (can trigger power on)
- Power Supply via MicroUSB or GPIO 5V/2A

Installation:

- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot from the SD Card

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[Fixed Signed-off-by]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-12 18:21:17 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a51e46e543 ramips: add Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit explicitly
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.

Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.

Specifications:

- SoC:      MediaTek MT7621
- Flash:    16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM:      128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0:    MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1:    MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs:     Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
            Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons:  Reset

Installation:

Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".

Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".

Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:

To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'

Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.

Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:

'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
  --output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'

Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
张鹏
448de2e2e5 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E600G v2 / E600GAC v2
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531

Specification:

 - 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz
 - 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
 - 1 x MiniPCI-e
 - 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
 - 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
 - UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)

E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887

Specification:

 - 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz
 - 1T1R 5 GHz
 - 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
 - 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
 - UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)

Flash instruction:

1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
 - Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
   to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
   key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
 - Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
   run lfw
 - After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
 - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   leds flashing.
 - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
   interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
   sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
 - After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
 - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
Piotr Jurkiewicz
75401550c3 sunxi: fix board.d/01_leds permissions and drop include
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.

While at it, drop unneeded include.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
James McGuire
de768829a5 ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
        WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

MAC addresses:

lan   factory 0xe000     *:a7 (label)
wan   factory 0xe006     *:aa
2.4   factory 0xe000 +1  *:a8
5.0   factory 0xe000 +2  *:a9

Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.

Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-11 17:35:10 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
c02096361c x86: upgrade: make code comment appear as log lines
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code

Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors.  E.g.

Before

  == upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
  37+26 records in
  37+26 records out
  == upgrade: Reading partition table from image...

After

  == upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
  == upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
  37+26 records in
  37+26 records out
  == upgrade: Reading partition table from image...

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
2e34cfbca7 x86: upgrade: use get_image_dd
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
31a34076ed x86: upgrade: use v function for writting logs
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
John Audia
a47279154e kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.75
Manually rebased patches:
  bcm27xx:
    patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
  bcm53xx:
    patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
  layerscape:
    patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
    patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
    patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch

Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
  mediatek:
    patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]

Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-11-10 13:11:32 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
fe302d472a rtl838x: fine tune default package set
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.

Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 21:50:06 +01:00
Paul Spooren
2e282537d0 imagebuilder: fix sstrip
Without an absolute path to staging_dir/host/bin/sstrip the Makefile
tries to run a host installed version of sstrip, which is likely not
available.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-09 10:54:30 +00:00
Petr Štetiar
e267445510 rtl838x: dts: use macros for phy and switch definitions
It's quite more readable, saves some tedious copy&pasting, not so
error prone etc.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
0516aa398c rtl838x: rtl838x.dtsi: fix missing interrupt-parent for uart0
Fixes following dtc warning:

 Warning (interrupts_property): /uart@b8002000: Missing interrupt-parent

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
2ab6add9b9 rtl838x: rtl838x.dtsi: remove reg property from root node
Fixes following dtc warning:

 ../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
b5bd945733 rtl838x: add support for D-Link DGS-1210-28
Hardware specification
 ----------------------

 * RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
 * 128MB DRAM
 * 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
 * 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
    - Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
    - Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
 * 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
    - External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
 * Power LED
 * Reset button on front panel
 * UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6

 UART pinout
 -----------

  [oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
    |       ^ ||`------ GND
    |       | |`------- RX
    |       | `-------- TX
    |       `---------- Vcc (3V3)
    |
    `------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART

 Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
 --------------------------------

  1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
  2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
  3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
  4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
  5. Boot the image with `bootm` command

To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.

It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
aeb26f8434 rtl838x: d-link_dgs-1210: refactor common family bits
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
b1b8abaf58 rtl838x: clean whitespace issues in rtl8382_d-link_dgs-1210-16.dts
So it's tidy.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
dd651e54cc octeon: add support for Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.

SoC:
  Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
  Clocked at 1000Mhz

Memory:
  1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
  DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
  - mtd:
    8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
    used for uboot/eeprom
  - emmc:
    4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
    used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
  and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used

All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.

There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.

All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.

Phy mapping:
 - Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
 - Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
 - Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
 - Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port

Why this device needs external dts:
 - faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
 - to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
   i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
 - reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
 - sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
   it also indicates when module inserted or removed

Octeon quirks:
 - There is no port status available before it interface brought up
 - SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
   and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg

How to flash the firmware:
  - copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
    openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
    USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
  - connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
  - connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
  - connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
  - connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
  - interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
  - detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
    usb start
  - after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
    fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
  - after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
    bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
  - boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
  - create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
    mkdir /tmp/sda
  - mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
    mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
  - flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
    sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
  - device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt

Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
577ac8ce84 octeon: honor disabled sgmii device tree nodes
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.

It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
a8ceda752c octeon: implement interface rename by label from device tree
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
b9898cd78a generic: add support for vsc8504 phy
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
David Bauer
22be18effb ath79: streamline image-generation for OCEDO boards
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-05 00:00:37 +01:00
David Bauer
6f1b8c652f rockchip: remove unused config symbols
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.

These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-04 23:58:27 +01:00
David Bauer
3f05b5fda3 rockchip: fix NanoPi R2S GMAC clock name
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.

Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.

Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-04 23:58:13 +01:00
Anton Ryzhov
df469befdc ramips: fix kernel oops in mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`

Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
2020-11-04 22:08:11 +08:00
Adrian Schmutzler
df9ee254aa ath79: remove redundant setup of wmac for ubnt WA devices
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.

Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-03 18:34:10 +01:00
Nick Hainke
28a211808a ath79: create DTSI files for ubnt WA 1-/2-port devices
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-03 18:34:10 +01:00
Nick Hainke
50a76208bc ath79: fix nanobeam ac ethernet interface
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.

"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii":  delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml

"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.

Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-11-03 18:34:04 +01:00
John Crispin
f5772d71a4 rtl838x: remove the swconfig setup from the board.d code
the code currently sets up uci for swconfig which we do not use.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-03 17:46:40 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
54fad3f32b kernel: add disabled CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.

In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.

However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 18:14:20 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
89a2a6c870 kernel: drop obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").

This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 17:27:05 +01:00
Lech Perczak
52d3b027ec ath79: ubnt-unifi: make u-boot-env partition read-only
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
Lech Perczak
7d93473eff ath79: ubnt-xm: make u-boot-env partition read-only
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
John Audia
71b2b32f98 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.74
Removed upstreamed patches:
 mvebu/patches-5.4
   409-phy-marvell-comphy-Convert-internal-SMCC-firmware-re.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
[added lantiq test report]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
bd0b820068 x86: fix touching bootloader "upgraded" mark
The mount point is "/tmp/boot", the path in the boot partition is
"/boot/grub/upgraded".

Origin of this mark b9c1cf16 ("x86: add preinit hook for bootloader
upgrade")

Fixes 32f675ca ("x86: fix grub-bios-setup fail during sysupgrade")

Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 21:09:22 +08:00
Petr Štetiar
ec0ec0428e sdk: fix missing include directories
It's not possible to compile some applications which are using
`-Werror=missing-include-dirs` compiler flags with the SDK as some
target directories are missing in the SDK tarball:

 cc1: error: staging_dir/target/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
 cc1: error: staging_dir/target/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]

Fix this by adding the missing directories in the SDK.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-02 08:39:49 +01:00
David Bauer
e73d866c6f ipq40xx: enable RX hash / CTAG TX offloading for single-phy
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").

Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.

Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:30:22 +01:00
David Bauer
4c5eb1040f ath79: use correct firmware name for UniFi AP
The Ubiquiti UniFi AP does not have a AHB connected radio but a PCI one.
Also the EEPROM ist only 0x440 bytes of length.

Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:30:05 +01:00
David Bauer
d011952d19 ath79: remove AT803X config symbol from subtargets
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:29:58 +01:00
David Bauer
c741ca5291 ath79: drop upstreamed patch
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").

When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:29:06 +01:00
John Audia
b4c02c9998 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.73
Removed upstreamed patches:
 generic/pending-5.4
   445-mtd-spinand-gigadevice-Only-one-dummy-byte-in-QUA.patch
   446-mtd-spinand-gigadevice-Add-QE-Bit.patch
 pistachio/patches-5.4
   150-pwm-img-Fix-null-pointer-access-in-probe.patch

Manually rebased:
 layerscape/patches-5.4
   801-audio-0011-Revert-ASoC-fsl_sai-add-of_match-data.patch
   801-audio-0039-MLK-16224-6-ASoC-fsl_sai-fix-DSD-suspend-resume.patch
   801-audio-0073-MLK-21957-3-ASoC-fsl_sai-add-bitcount-and-timestamp-.patch
   820-usb-0009-usb-dwc3-Add-workaround-for-host-mode-VBUS-glitch-wh.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              mvebu (mamba, rango), x86_64, ramips/mt7621
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, mvebu (mamba, rango), x86_64, ramips (RT-AC57U)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[alter 820-usb-0009-usb-dwc3-Add-workaround-for-host-mode-VBUS-glitch-wh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-01 14:44:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2aa558c49a target: remove obsolete kernel version switches for 4.19
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-30 19:45:24 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2785126650 kernel: remove support for kernel 4.19
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-30 19:29:59 +01:00
Johannes Kimmel
3824fa26d2 octeon: disable edgerouter image
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.

Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.

If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:

[   36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[   36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[   36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..

This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.

The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
2020-10-30 19:26:09 +01:00
Daniel Golle
37ef2197e6 kernel: move kmod-i2c-bcm-iproc to I2C menu
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.

Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-30 15:47:52 +00:00
Paul Spooren
04757f964b build,IB: reload packages/ only if existing
With the fix of external kmod feeds it is possible to ship the
ImageBuilder without any packages except the pseudo packages kernel and
libc. Therefore the local package feeds becomes optional.

This commit adds a check to the package_reload function to only run if
the local feed is existing.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-30 00:39:09 +00:00
Paul Spooren
2999f810ff build,IB: include kmods only in local builds
The buildbots generate a kmod archive which should be used instead of a
local copy. This is possible due to the introduction of a kernelversion
specific feed.

This commit adds the ability of using only signed package feeds.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-30 00:39:09 +00:00
John Thomson
e91344776b ath79: mikrotik: use vmlinuz (zBoot ELF)
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
  additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
  image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.

Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
2020-10-29 21:35:03 +08:00
John Thomson
254f51443d mt7621: mikrotik: use vmlinuz (zBoot ELF)
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
  additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
  image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.

Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
2020-10-29 21:35:03 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
c063e27e02 kernel: mips: zboot: put appended dtb into a section
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.

command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
        --update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-29 21:34:56 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
42af05ca1f ramips: add linux zboot support
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-29 21:20:10 +08:00
Nuno Goncalves
2a860bf4f4 ramips: add support for Wavlink WL-WN530HG4
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.

Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
  with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1

Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
   to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
   squashfs image.

Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 21:20:16 +01:00
Tony Ambardar
29804086ee malta: relocate CPU_TYPE setting to subtarget makefiles
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2020-10-27 21:01:13 +01:00
Leon Maurice Adam
6c85a449a9 lantiq: add support for AVM FRITZ!Box 7430
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector

With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.

Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.

Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.

Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.

Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 13:40:09 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c19c15f330 lantiq: fix indent in vr9_avm_fritz7412.dts
Indent should be tabs.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 13:33:21 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4ab1b7dd9 bcm63xx: reorganize board patches into fewer files
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.

Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 23:48:08 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8087499ac5 ath79: enable upgrade from ar71xx for Qxwlan devices
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 21:07:22 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
733700c652 octeon: use dedicated function to move config backup
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.

We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.

While at it, add a few checks.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 21:07:22 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
a4c1c169c3 sdk: keep the linux package in the same subdir as in the main build system
Fixes: 953435795d ("build: always build package/kernel/linux")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-26 02:36:02 +01:00
Nick Hainke
c9e9b8c342 ath79: fix block protection clearing
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.

The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.

Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-26 02:35:55 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
c1130c7a6b layerscape: several kernel fix-ups from NXP linux factory
NXP linux factory unifies one linux kernel for i.MX, Layerscape and
S32 platforms. It provides a common code base for their SDKs.

Add several kernel patches for bug fix from linux factory last release.

Git: https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Tag: LTS-5.4.47-20200828

Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Biwen Li
3b94a39c14 layerscape: update kernel to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520
Update kernel from LSDK-20.04-V5.4 to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520.
Only two patches added for Layerscape.

LSDK kernel link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/

Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
46fd198338 layerscape: harmonize wrapping for IMAGE/* definitions
Always keep the first line empty for multi-line IMAGE/* definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48a634a41f layerscape: create shared definitions for sdboot devices
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
a254279a6c layerscape: Change to combined rootfs on sd images
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.

This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.

This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
c51f8030b6 layerscape: fix platform_copy_config function
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"

This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.

Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
3605eff881 layerscape: add dtb to sysupgrade
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.

This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.

Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
   "49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.

Run tested: LS1046A-RDB

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
6180005deb layerscape: fix sd-card sysupgrade
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.

This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.

Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Nick Hainke
09804da80a ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2
The litebeam ac gen2 has a 2.4GHz management radio.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:56 +01:00
Nick Hainke
cf5a1abe46 ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco
The nanostation ac loco has a 2.4GHz management radio.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:52 +01:00
Nick Hainke
a181dbc2e3 ath79: fix nanostation ac loco ethernet interface
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.

Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.

Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:31 +01:00
Jianhui Zhao
63ab77d0eb ramips: mt7621: use lzma-loader for U7621-06
The U7621-06 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Jianhui Zhao <zhaojh329@gmail.com>
2020-10-25 22:30:02 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
23be410b3d ramips: add support for TOTOLINK X5000R
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps

Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.

Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.

Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-25 22:27:44 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
4c21415350 generic: 5.4: make nf nat masquerade in unset state by default
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options

 - CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
 - CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6

with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE.  The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-10-24 22:28:37 +08:00
John Audia
dd20ba98e7 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.72
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-10-20 03:01:27 +02:00
Richard Fröhning
33b76d66d1 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v4
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:

LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G  : *:8C

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-20 03:01:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
21cf17bb4c lantiq: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.

Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:57:40 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
f47cb405ca ipq806x: fix pci broken on bootm command
Pci is broken when bootm is used instead of the custom bootipq. This
is caused by the lack of reset by the bootloader. Make the driver do
the reset to fix this specific problem.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-10-19 15:46:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
29ca10e537 ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 04/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, and there has
been a lot of changes between 4.19 and 5.4 on this target. Despite,
new devices are typically added for 5.4 only anyway.

Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:37:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a7afeb3142 ipq40xx: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 03/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed, and removing it will make upcoming driver
updates easier. Thus, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:30:44 +02:00
John Crispin
c78e123d5a rtl838x: various fixes
* add d-link_dgs-1210-10p support
* make sure mips16 is disabled
* add a generic sub target
* add proper cflags

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-10-19 14:53:27 +02:00
Jayantajit Gogoi
e6d9f6fdff sunxi: add support for FriendlyARM NanoPi R1
Specification:

- CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 512MB/1GB
- Network:
    10/100/1000M Ethernet x 1,
    10/100M Ethernet x 1
- WiFi: 802.11b/g/n, with SMA antenna interface
- USB Host: Type-A x2
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- MicroUSB: for OTG and power input
- Debug Serial Port: 3Pin 2.54mm pitch pin-header
- LED:
    nanopi:red:status
    nanopi:green:wan
    nanopi:green:lan
- KEY:
    reset
- Power Supply: DC 5V/2A

Installation:

- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot NanoPi from the SD Card

Signed-off-by: Jayantajit Gogoi <jayanta.gogoi525@gmail.com>
2020-10-18 15:46:42 +02:00
张鹏
4ff7bdfeeb ath79: add support for Qxwlan E1700AC v2
E1700AC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

Specification:

 - 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 3T3R 2.4 GHz
 - 3T3R 5 GHz
 - 2 x 10/1000M Mbps Ethernet (RJ45)
 - 1 x MiniPCI-e
 - 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
 - 1 x USB 2.0 Port
 - 5 x LED , 2 x Button(S8-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
 - UART (J5) header on PCB (115200 8N1)

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:18:00 +02:00
张鹏
987d9028e1 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E558 v2
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.

Specification:

 - 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
 - 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
 - 1x microSIM slot
 - 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x 3-pos switch
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:17:59 +02:00
张鹏
27a7d071c0 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E750G v8
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344 + QCA9334.

Specification:

 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
 - 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:17:59 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4a0688ed71 base-files: remove block2mtd checks from sysupgrade
This hasn't been used in a long time

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-17 16:43:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
93f98b2835 kernel: remove obsolete non-upstream block2mtd patches
Since block2mtd is not used for firmware images anymore, these patches
are no longer needed

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-17 16:43:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b59d5c8f0e mediatek: rewrite flow offload code
The code is now much cleaner and works better than the old code.
Preparation for submitting it upstream (though with a different API)
Also add back MT7621 support and fix flow table coherence issues on
MT7622

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-16 21:37:39 +02:00
Peng Zhang
5666ca913a ath79: add support for Qxwlan E750A v4
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.

Specification:

 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
 - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
 - 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, alter use of DEVICE_VARIANT, merge case
in 01_leds, use lower case for v4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 18:52:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
dec4a028ab rtl838x: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this removes
the "devicename" from LED labels in rtl838x, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.

Since the target is fresh and so far only system LEDs were added,
this does not add a migration script.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:54:31 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a49c1aa883 rtl838x: move dts-v1 to DTSI
The syntax of the shared SoC DTSI file determines the DTS version,
so no need to repeat the "/dts-v1/;" identifier in every file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:51:42 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3679f8f933 sunxi: use wpad-basic-wolfssl for Sinovoip Banana Pi M2 Ultra
The idea of commit a14f5bb4bd was to use wpad-basic-wolfssl
consistently throughout the whole trunk, so use it here as well.

Fixes: 50fdddae05 ("BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:46:54 +02:00
John Audia
0efec6a008 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.71
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL
Run-tested:   ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test reports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:46:54 +02:00
John Crispin
479d1154c4 rtl838x: add DLink DGS-1210-16 support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-10-15 13:36:10 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
076fdd9fec rtl838x: Fix firmware handling
Fix wrong magic number verification for FW files.
Correct handling of external RTL8218B firmware PHY name in firmware.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 13:26:57 +02:00
Andreas Oberritter
f422488337 rtl838x: do not default to the router DEVICE_TYPE
The router profile installs many packages unnecessary for
the operation of a typical ethernet switch. Instead of creating
an empty switch profile upfront, use the basic profile until
a set of common packages crystallizes.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:31 +02:00
Andreas Oberritter
0c26c9395b rtl838x: bundle phy firmware with Linux kernel
Fixes long delay on boot when booting from flash. The driver waits
for one minute for userspace to load firmware, before it becomes
available.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:31 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
121ef9ddc9 rtl838x: Add support for RTL839x internal PHY
This adds basic support for reading the internal PHYs of the RTL839x SoCs
and full support for the 2 PHYs connected to the 1000Base-X SerDes of
the RTL8393 SoC.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:23 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
3c4063f715 rtl838x: Add irq settings for RTL839x SoCs
This adds correct interrupt routing settings for IRQs on the RTL839x SoCs.
It also speeds up irq handling based on work by biot for all SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 08:23:46 +02:00
Rui Salvaterra
e788e9bd87 treewide: enable the vDSO
The vDSO is used to accelerate some syscalls. It should work fine wherever it's
available, so enable it globally for all targets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
2020-10-13 20:08:41 +02:00
Hal Martin
0830ae3a2f sunxi: Correct manufacturer name to Sinovoip
Sinovoip is the manufacturer of the BPi-M2U:
http://www.banana-pi.org/m2u.html

Signed-off-by: Hal Martin <hal.martin@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 20:27:20 +02:00
Hal Martin
50fdddae05 sunxi: BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi
Signed-off-by: Hal Martin <hal.martin@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 20:27:14 +02:00
Arturas Moskvinas
679db02b10 sunxi: add support for FriendlyArm Zeropi
Specification

    CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
    DDR3 RAM: 256MB/512MB
    Connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
    USB Host: Type-A x 1
    MicroSD Slot x 1
    MicroUSB: for power input only
    Debug Serial Port: 4Pin, 2.54 mm pitch pin header
    Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
    PCB Dimension: 40 x 40 x 1.2mm

Installation:

    Burn the image file to an SD Card with dd or any image burning tool
    Boot ZeroPi from the SD Card

The following features are working and tested:

    Ethernet port 10/100/1000M Ethernet

Remarks: SBC is mostly compatible and boots with FriendlyARM NanoPI M1 plus DTS also (zeropi has no working hdmi)

Signed-off-by: Arturas Moskvinas <arturas.moskvinas@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 18:29:26 +02:00
Andre Heider
37e62ec4ec sunxi: add a kmod package for sun4i_spdif
Tested on a A20 board:
$ cat /proc/asound/cards
 0 [SPDIF          ]: On-board_SPDIF - On-board SPDIF
                      On-board SPDIF

Size of the module for a 32bit kernel:
60708 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/sunxi/sun4i-spdif.ko

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 17:45:02 +02:00
Andre Heider
4943d3f14b sunxi: add SND_SIMPLE_CARD to kernel config
This is required to expose an ALSA card for quite some boards:

$ git grep -l simple-audio-card \
	arch/arm/boot/dts/sun?i* \
	arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/*

arch/arm/boot/dts/sun4i-a10-a1000.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun5i-gr8-evb.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun6i-a31-i7.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun6i-a31s-sina31s.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-cubietruck.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-itead-ibox.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33-olinuxino.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a83t-cubietruck-plus.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-h3-beelink-x2.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-bananapi-m64.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-orangepi-win.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pine64.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinebook.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinephone.dtsi
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinetab.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-sopine-baseboard.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-teres-i.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-h6-beelink-gs1.dts

The compressed 32bit kernel increases less than 1K:
Before: 3230768 zImage
After:  3231664 zImage

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 17:45:02 +02:00
Andre Heider
c43b45863e mvebu: Add bootscript for espressobin to support mainline firmware
The generic bootscript is tailored around a downstream firmware and
doesn't work on a firmware built from mainline components.

Add a bootscript which:
* sets $console since mainline u-boot doesn't do that
* uses distro boot variables, so OpenWRT can be booted off any supported
  device when using a mainline firmware
* sets missing distro boot variables for the downstream firmware

Booting with a downstream firmware is unchanged.
Booting with a mainline firmware now works.

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:53:20 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
722906d144 kernel: move CONFIG_F2FS_CHECK_FS to generic kernel config
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
6542615e41 kernel: Move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY to generic kernel config
Move the CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY kernel configuration option to the
generic kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
18deed29be kernel: Remove 2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols from target configs
This config option was moved to the generic kernel configuration.

Fixes: ab1bd57656 ("kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Kabuli Chana
4d6ade2a22 mvebu: Correct regulatory country of WRT3200ACM
correct oversight on setting regulatory country and mac address of wireless configuration
change method of retrieving mac address

The MAC address for eth0 is rad out of the devinfo partition in some
other initial configuration script already.

Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:38:03 +02:00
Kabuli Chana
c5bd4dde32 mvebu: add wrt3200acm to 03_wireless CC
correct device CC oversight

Set the initial wifi configuration like for the other similar Linksys
devices.

Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:23:39 +02:00
Pali Rohár
9948c19134 mvebu: armada-37xx: espressobin: Backport patch for ethernet switch aliases
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Pali Rohár
eb777539fd mvebu: armada-37xx: Backport PCI aardvark patches
This commit contains patches for PCI aardvark driver and relevant DTS
changes for Turris MOX and EspressoBin backported from mainline kernel.
It fixes support for old ATF, various wifi cards, mainly Compex WLE900VX.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
1b27591ddb malta: update MIPS64 ISA to R2
Usage of current R1 ISA is inconsistent with the MIPS32 subtarget, little
used and has limited utility for testing.

Many distros target a minimum R2 ISA. Debian MIPS 32-bit/64-bit ports all
use MIPS R2 ISA since Stretch, for example. Fedora's MIPS arch also targets
the R2 ISA for 32-bit/64-bit.

Widely used MIPS64 platforms like Octeon are based on the MIPS R2 ISA or
later, and benefit from having a compatible test platform in OpenWRT.

While Linux does support MIPS64 R1 targets, its usefulness for development
and testing is limited. As an example, the modern Linux eBPF JIT requires
a MIPS R2 ISA or later.

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[Refresh config and fix README]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c98819a9e6 bcm63xx: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

Like done for other targets recently, put the dts-v1 statement
into the top-level SoC-based DTSI files, and remove all other
occurences.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 20:00:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c0aea38436 bcm63xx: add a few DTSI files to share definitions
After the LED labels have been made more general by removing
the model names, we can move several definitions to DTSI files
to reduce the amount of duplicate code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 19:55:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
55aac8463f bcm63xx: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in bcm63xx, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, merging
several cases on the way. A migration script is added for
existing configurations.

Note that a few labels were using "model::function" scheme without
color specified, those were converting to just "function" and the
necessary migrations were added to the migration script.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 19:44:02 +02:00
Daniel Golle
5423d9d27e kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic
Similar to how it was already done for other filesystems' *_FS_XATTR
kernel config symbols, also move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y and
CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y to target/linux/generic.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-09 23:20:19 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f2b952a657 ath79: drop redundant gpios on i2c
Since "sda-gpios" and "scl-gpios" are only available since kernel 4.19,
a few devices have redundantly defined "gpios" to also support older
kernels. Since we have nothing older than 4.19 now, we can remove
the redundant definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 22:45:36 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f5cf408b76 ramips: drop kernel version switches
The ramips target only supports 5.4, so drop all kernel version
switches for older kernels there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 22:24:04 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f6ca57e4f4 oxnas: fix qc_prep return in sata driver after kernel 5.4.69
This fixes a regression after a kernel change in 5.4.69 [1] that
led to build failure on oxnas/ox820:

  drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: error: initialization of
  'enum ata_completion_errors (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)'
  from incompatible pointer type
  'void (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)' [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
    .qc_prep = sata_oxnas_qc_prep,
               ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: note:
  (near initialization for 'sata_oxnas_ops.qc_prep')

Our local driver is changed the same way as prototyped in the
kernel patch, i.e. return type is changed and AC_ERR_OK return
value is added.

[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=e11c83520cd04b813cd1748ee2a8f2c620e5f7e3

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 16:16:32 +01:00
Robert Marko
9604e216bf ipq40xx: 5.4: move AR40xx driver into files
There is no point in keeping the AR40xx driver as a patch as its
not pending merge or backport.

To allow for easier maintenance until DSA is ready move it into
files like EDMA is.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[combine with removal from patches-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 14:21:10 +02:00
Paul Spooren
0f5b5cf730 kernel: clean up XATTR config symbols
Extended attributes are required for overlayfs and have hence been long
ago enabled for jffs2, but should be enabled unconditionally for all
other filesystems which may potentially serve as overlayfs' upper
directory. Previously it was inconsistently added in multiple targets.
Add symbols to generic kernel config and remove all *_XATTR symbols
from target configs.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[keep things as they are for squashfs, improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-09 01:49:22 +01:00
Paul Spooren
32d7acc9c5 kernel: sort config-5.4 via kconfig.pl
The options were out of order which makes reviewing of changes harder.
Sort it before applying an actual change.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-09 01:48:47 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c3319322b2 lantiq: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for other targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in lantiq.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated. The DTS/DTSI consolidation is
only performed for files-5.4.

For lantiq,easy98020 some LED definitions have the form
"devicename:function" without the color, so we need to implement
explicit migration for that one.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-08 20:21:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4beac9ea2 ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1
Upstream provides DTS(I) files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1, but we overwrite
them with local versions so far.

Remove the local files and use patches to be closer to upstream.
We already do the same for IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1.

Technically, this changes the compatible from "qcom,ipq4019" to
"qcom,ipq4019-dk04.1-c1", but it has never been implemented correctly
beforehand anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 22:26:52 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
8f29e36963 ipq40xx: improve support for Edgecore ECW5211
This adds several stylistic and functional improvements of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5211, especially:

* Drop the local BDFs as those are already in the upstream under different names
* Add SPDX tag to DTS
* Add label MAC address
* Move LED trigger to DTS
* Remove unnecessary status="okay"
* Disable unused SS USB phy as the USB port only supports USB 2.0
* Make uboot-env partition writable
* Remove qcom,poll_required_dynamic property as the driver does not use it
* Tidy up the device recipe

Fixes: 4488b260a0 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-10-07 18:07:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d181b2cefa ipq806x: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq806x.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 01:31:45 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ad90a42e48 ipq40xx: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq40xx.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added. While at it, also harmonize capitalization of
wlan2G/wlan5G vs. wlan2g/wlan5g.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 01:31:37 +02:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
582ba9ddc7 ath79: rename ubnt,acb-isp to ubnt,aircube-isp
Use the full model name for this device to make it easier to
recognize for the users and in order to make it consistent with
the other devices.

While at it, fix sorting in 03_gpio_switches.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-06 15:13:27 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e3af1666f4 ath79: rename TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2 (EU) to v2.0 (EU)
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
Joe Mullally
7422c7a6fa ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) v2.1
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.

Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.

If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Notes
-----

The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...

Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
David Bauer
929e8f0f55 ramips: fix logic level for DIR-645 buttons
The D-Link DIR-645 currently uses an incorrect logic level for its
buttons.

Correct them in order to prevent unintentional activation of failsafe
mode.

Reported-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 22:52:58 +02:00
Marty Jones
5b5469f87a rockchip: add support for Radxa Rock Pi 4
This adds basic support for Radxa Rock Pi 4

Specification:
  - RAM:      1 GB/ 2 GB/4 GB LPDDR4

  - SoC:      Rockchip RK3399
  - CPU:      64bit hexa core processor
              Dual Cortex-A72, freqency 1.8Ghz
              with quad Cortex-A53, frequency 1.4Ghz
  - USB:      USB 3.0 OTG x1
              hardware switch for host/device switch, upper one
              USB 3.0 HOST x1
              dedicated USB3.0 channel, lower one
              USB 2.0 HOST x2
  - Ethernet: 1x GbE
  - Storage:  eMMC module
              uSD card
              M.2 SSD
  - Wireless: 802.11 ac wifi
              Bluetooth 5.0
              currently not supported

 firmware Installation
 ======================
 gzip -d xxx.img.gz, then dd the .img to SD/eMMC
 ======================

 Device Tested: ROCK PI 4 Model B v1.3

Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
2020-10-03 22:51:36 +02:00
David Bauer
4b4bff5070 rockchip: enable Realtek PHY support
The NanoPi R2S features a Realtek Gigabit Ethernet PHY. Enable the
Realtek specific PHY driver to correctly configure internal delays.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 19:00:49 +02:00
David Bauer
9f907c46bb rockchip: fix NanoPi R2S PHY ID
Fix the PHY ID for the NanoPi R2S PHY compatible to match the used PHY.
The ID was wrong as I've accidentally picked the wrong upstream patch.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 19:00:49 +02:00
John Audia
d6a9a92e32 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69
Seemingly unneeded based on new upstream code so manually deleted:
 layerscape:
  820-usb-0007-usb-dwc3-gadget-increase-timeout-value-for-send-ep-c.patch

Manually merged:
 generic-hack:
  251-sound_kconfig.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test report, minor commit message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 22:02:26 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
2d72671b6e layerscape: add layerscape's SATA driver package
This patch intruduce SATA support for layerscape devices.
Target specific package with ahci_qoriq driver was added
to local modules.mk.
Kmod package was added to default packages for devices with
SATA interface.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-02 17:08:28 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
127db180b6 layerscape: add missing kmods for i2c peripherials
This patch adds kmod-hwmon-ina2xx kmod-hwmon-lm90 for boards,
which have it installed.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-02 17:05:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2230fe3922 ramips: remove set_wifi_led function in 01_leds
While we mostly use the ucidef_set_led_* functions directly in 01_leds
we still have the set_wifi_led function in parallel for several old
devices. This is not only inconsistent with the other definitions,
it also links to the wlan0 interface instead of using a phy trigger
which would be independent of the interface name (and is used for
all newer devices anyway). Apart from that, the standard names
"wifi" and "wifi-led" are not very helpful in a world with different
radio bands either.

Thus, this patch removes the set_wifi_led function and puts the
relevant commands into the cases explicitly. This makes the
mechanism used more evident and will hopefully lead to some future
improvements or at least prevent some copy-pasting of the old
setups.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ed5933beb6 ramips: remove option to set WiFi LED via aliases
In ramips, it's not common to use an alias for specifying the WiFi
LED; actually only one device uses this mechanism (TL-WR841N v14).

Particularly since the WiFi LEDs are typically distinguished between
2.4G and 5G etc. it is also not very useful for this target.

Thus, this patch removes the setup lines for this mechanism and
converts the TL-WR841N v14 to the normal setup.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c846dd91f0 ramips: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patch for ath79 target, this will remove the
"devicename" from LED labels in ramips as well.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated.

For the latter, all existing definitions were actually just
devicename migrations anyway. Therefore, those are removed and
a common migration file is created in target base-files. This is
actually another example of how the devicename removal makes things
easier.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6f96a4d043 ath79: remove model name from LED labels
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme

  modelname:color:function

However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. On the
contrary, having this part actually introduces inconvenience in
several aspects:

  - We need to ensure/check consistency with the DTS compatible
  - We have various exceptions where not the model name is used,
    but the vendor name (like tp-link), which is hard to track
    and justify even for core-developers
  - Having model-based components will not allow to share
    identical LED definitions in DTSI files
  - The inconsistency in what's used for the model part complicates
    several scripts, e.g. board.d/01_leds or LED migrations from
    ar71xx where this was even more messy

Apart from our needs, upstream has deprecated the label property
entirely and introduced new properties to specify color and
function properties separately. However, the implementation does
not appear to be ready and probably won't become ready and/or
match our requirements in the foreseeable future.

However, the limitation of generic LEDs to color and function
properties follows the same idea pointed out above. Generic LEDs
will get names like "green:status" or "red:indicator" then, and
if a "devicename" is prepended, it will be the one of an internal
device, like "phy1:amber:status".

With this patch, we move into the same direction, and just drop
the boardname from the LED labels. This allows to consolidate
a few definitions in DTSI files (will be much more on ramips),
and to drop a few migrations compared to ar71xx that just changed
the boardname. But mainly, it will liberate us from a completely
useless subject to take care of for device support review and
maintenance.
To also drop the boardname from existing configurations, a simple
migration routine is added unconditionally.

Although this seems unfamiliar at first look, a quick check in kernel
for the arm/arm64 dts files revealed that while 1033 lines have
labels with three parts *:*:*, still 284 actually use a two-part
labelling *:*, and thus is also acceptable and not even rare there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 13:51:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7f8a1fc55e lantiq: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In lantiq, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent SoC-based DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

Changes are applied to files-5.4 only, files-4.19 remains untouched.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-01 18:08:17 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
86fdc8abed ath79: ar8216: make switch register access atomic
reg accesses on integrated ar8229 sometimes fails. As a result, phy read
got incorrect port status and wan link goes down and up mysteriously.
After comparing ar8216 with the old driver, these local_irq_save/restore
calls are the only meaningful differences I could find and it does fix
the issue.
The same changes were added in svn r26856 by Gabor Juhos:
ar71xx: ag71xx: make switch register access atomic

As I can't find the underlying problem either, this hack is broght
back to fix the unstable link issue.
This hack is only suitable for ath79 mdio and may easily break the
driver on other platform. Limit it to ath79-only as a target patch.

Fixes: FS#2216
Fixes: FS#3226
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-30 15:56:05 +08:00
David Bauer
18acf62be1 rockchip: rk3328: add compatible to NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY
This adds the compatible property to the NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY node.
Otherwise, the PHY might not be probed, as the PHY ID reads all 0xff
when it is still in reset.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-30 00:06:59 +02:00
Paul Spooren
29fd93da14 imagebuilder: add missing libfakeroot files
The `libfakeroot` files are currently missing in the ImageBuilder. As
`fakeroot` is always built, copy those files unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-29 00:06:32 +01:00
David Bauer
8b4233188d rockchip: refresh NanoPi R2S patches
Update the patches for the NanoPi R2S to the v3 sent (and accepted)
upstream.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-28 17:32:14 +02:00
John Audia
283cdb30ab kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.68
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, ath79/generic, bcm72xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-09-28 16:23:11 +02:00
David Bauer
a735eabc32 ath79: add WiFi migration for AR913x
This adds the automatic WiFi path migration for AR913x platforms.

Tested on: TP-Link TL-WA901ND v2

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-28 16:23:03 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
e9263123f9 ath79: add support for Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO
Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO is an "USB dongle" device dedicated for Wi-Fi
pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 and AR9271. Support
for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx). FCC ID: 2AB87-NANO.

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9331)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9271L), with ext. PA and LNA (Qorvo RFFM4203)
- 2x RP-SMA antenna connectors
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (ASIX AX88772A)
- integrated 4-port USB 2.0 HUB: Alcor Micro AU6259:
  - 1x USB 2.0
  - 1x microSD card reader (Genesys Logic GL834L)
  - Atheros AR9271L
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (4-pin, 2 mm pitch) header on PCB
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and AX88772A

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
b33ce8c535 ath79: add support for Hak5 Packet Squirrel
Hak5 Packet Squirrel is a pocket-sized device dedicated for pentesters
(MITM attacks). This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it lacks
WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button, 1x 4-way mechanical switch
- 1x Micro USB Type-B for main power input

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
a2f3a58607 ath79: add support for Hak5 LAN Turtle
Hak5 LAN Turtle is an "USB Ethernet Adapter" shaped device dedicated for
sysadmins and pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it
lacks WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).

Two different versions of this device exist and it's up to the user to
install required drivers (generic image supports only common features):

- LAN Turtle 3G with Quectel UG96 3G modem
- LAN Turtle SD with microSD card reader (Alcorlink AU6435R)

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (Realtek RTL8152B)
- 2x LED (power, system), 1x button (inside, on the PCB)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and RTL8152B

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
70a57d48db ath79: add support for ALFA Network N5Q
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.

Support for this device was first introduced in 4b0eebe9df (ar71xx
target) but users are advised to migrate from ar71xx target without
preserving settings as ath79 support includes some changes in network
and LED default configuration. They were aligned with vendor firmware
and recently added N2Q model (both Ethernet ports as LAN, labelled as
LAN1 and LAN2).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9344
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 2x IPEX/U.FL or MMCX antenna connectors (for PCBA version)
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
6492ea7d9e ath79: add support for ALFA Network N2Q
ALFA Network N2Q is an outdoor N300 AP/CPE based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9531 v2. This model is a successor of the old N2 which was based
on Atheros AR7240. FCC ID: 2AB8795311.

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with ext. PA (Skyworks SE2623L) and LNA
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE input in one port (24 V)
- PoE pass through in second port (controlled by GPIO)
- support for optional 802.3af/at PoE module
- 1x mini PCIe slot (PCIe bus, extra 4.2 V for high power cards)
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B (power controlled by GPIO)
- 8x LED (7 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
9bcf98ed85 ath79: add support for ALFA Network R36A
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2, FCC
ID: 2AB879531.

Support for this device was first introduced in af8f0629df (ar71xx
target). When updating from previous release (and/or ar71xx target),
user should only adjust the WAN LED trigger type (netdev in ar71xx,
switch port in ath79).

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB (R36AH/-U2) or 64 MB (R36A) of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- Passive PoE input support (12~36 V) in RJ45 near DC jack
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B in R36AH-U2 version
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 6/7x LED (5/6 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- DC jack with lock, for main power input (12 V)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Optional/additional features in R36A series (R36A was the first model):
- for R36AH:    USB 2.0 hub*
- for R36AH-U2: USB 2.0 hub*, 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B, one more LED

*) there are at least three different USB 2.0 hub in R36AH/-U2 variants:
- Terminus-Tech FE 1.1
- Genesys Logic GL852G
- Genesys Logic GL850G (used in latests revision)

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
cf42660dce ath79: add support for Samsung WAM250
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344 (FCC ID: A3LWAM250). Support for this device
was first introduced in e58e49bdbe (ar71xx target).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9344
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)

Flash instruction:

This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.

You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).

1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
   command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
   latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
   second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
   wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:

   mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
   mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
   fw_setenv bootpart
   fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
   reboot

Revert to vendor firmware instruction:

1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:

   fw_setenv bootpart 1
   sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
f777bca95d ath79: image: don't combine kmod-usb2 with kmod-usb-chipidea2
Include of kmod-usb-chipidea2 is enough to support USB host mode in
devices with Atheros AR9331 WiSOC.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
c65c306d33 ath79: add support for Wallys DR531
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2. Support for this
device was first introduced in e767980eb8 (ar71xx target).

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors (optional IPEX/U.FL)
- mini PCIe connector (PCIe/USB buses and mini SIM slot)
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, JTAG and LED headers on PCB

Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):

  tftpb 0x80060000 openwrt-ath79-...-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
  erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
  cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
  setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
  saveenv && reset

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
66abd58196 ath79: add support for ALFA Network AP121FE
The AP121FE is a slightly modified version of already supported AP121F
model (added to ar71xx in 0c6165d21a and to ath79 in 334bbc5198).

The differences in compare to AP121F:

- no micro SD card reader
- USB data lines are included in Type-A plug
- USB bus switched to device/peripheral mode (permanently, in bootstrap)

Other than that, specifications are the same:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, up to 15 dBm
- 1x IPEX/U.FL connector, internal PCB antenna
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- 4-pin UART header on PCB (2 mm pitch)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug (power and data)

Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
   wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
   button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
7f96cbd2a1 ath79: enable usbgadget feature
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
b329bb9456 ath79: increase SPI clock and enable fast-read on AP121F
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
315904a459 ramips: merge ethernet setup for RT-AC51U/RT-AC54U
The ethernet setup/label MAC address for RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U are
the same, so move them into the shared DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-28 00:20:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
96023cd4ba ath79: fix LED labels for PowerCloud CAP324
The order of function and color in the labels in inverted for the
LAN LEDs. Fix it.

Fixes: 915966d861 ("ath79: Port PowerCloud Systems CAP324 support")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-27 15:58:14 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d232a8ac7d ath79: fix rssi-low LED for My Net Range Extender
The LED color was missing in 01_leds.

Fixes: 745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-27 15:58:14 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
4682d4d770 ipq40xx: tidy up device recipe for Edgecore OAP100
* split up DEVICE_TITLE into DEVICE_{VENDOR,MODEL}
* use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-09-26 18:26:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
621297e867 ramips: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In ramips, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent mtxxxx/rtxxxx DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:26:40 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
41cc7edc15 ath79: move dts-v1 statement to ath79.dtsi
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In ath79, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent ath79.dtsi file already determines the DTS version, so
putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the parent
ath79.dtsi, which is (indirectly) included by all DTS files. All
other occurences are removed.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes to make sure the ath79.dtsi or its
descendants are always included first.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:26:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3ca2d31c54 ath79: move ath79-clk.h include to ath79.dtsi
ath79.dtsi uses ATH79_CLK_MDIO, so the include

  <dt-bindings/clock/ath79-clk.h>

needs to be moved there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:24:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bdd9dd8ab2 ipq40xx: tidy up dts-v1 statements
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

Therefore, adding it to a DTS _and_ a DTSI file is actually wrong,
as it will be present twice then (though the compiler does not
complain about it).

In ipq40xx, the dts-v1 statement is already included in
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi, so we don't have to add it anywhere at all.
However, based on the conditions stated above, this requires
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi to be included as the first file in any DTS(I).

Consequently, this patch removes all cases of dts-v1 for the
ipq40xx target, and moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

While at it, remove a few obviously unneeded includes on the way.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 21:10:41 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b284333b3a ath79: move engenius_loader_okli recipe before devices
Move engenius_loader_okli image recipe in front of all Engenius
devices, so adding new device entries will not have them sorted
before the shared recipe.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 20:07:16 +02:00
Linus Walleij
7e9e6fdac7 gemini: Bring up DSA switches
First group the interfaces on the DSA switch into the
right LAN/WAN groups. Tested successfully on the
D-Link DIR-685 with the RTL8366RB DSA switch.

The RTL8366RB is DSA custom tagged and now handled
by the kernel tag parser. (Backported.)

The Vitesse switches are not capable of supporting
DSA per-port tagging. We suspect they must be handled
using some custom VLAN set-up.

Cc: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[sorted devices alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
fa1713e791 ipq40xx: fix DTS warning in qcom-ipq4029-gl-s1300.dts
.dts:226.17-230.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /soc/spi@78b6000/spi@1:
	SPI bus unit address format error, expected "0"

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
890bb54d7f ipq40xx: fix DTS warning in qcom-ipq4019-cm520-79f.dts
.dts:121.4-14: Warning (reg_format): /led_spi/led_gpio@0:reg: \
	property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 1, #size-cells == 1)
.dtb: Warning (pci_device_bus_num): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dtb: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dtb: Warning (spi_bus_reg): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dts:119.24-126.5: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): /led_spi/led_gpio@0: \
	Relying on default #size-cells value

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
0e4092cbad bcm53xx: add Cisco Meraki MR32
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR32.
The unit was donated by Chris Blake. Thank you!

WARNING:
Only the 1x1:1 abgn Air Marshal WIPS wifi is currently supported by b43:
 b43-phy2: Found PHY: Analog 9, Type 4 (N), Revision 16
 b43-phy2: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, ID 0x2057, Revision 9, Version 1
 b43-phy2: Loading firmware version 784.2 (2012-08-15 21:35:19)
 and only as 802.11ABG!

while WIFI1 and WIFI2 (both BCM4352) are not:
 b43-phy0: Broadcom 4352 WLAN found (core revision 42)
 b43-phy0 ERROR: FOUND UNSUPPORTED PHY (Analog 12, Type 11 (AC), Revision 1)

Hardware Highlights:

SoC:	Broadcom BCM53016A1 (1 GHz, 2 cores)
RAM:	128 MiB
NAND:	128 MiB Spansion S34ML01G2 (~114 MiB useable)
ETH:	1GBit Ethernet Port - PoE
WIFI1:	Broadcom BCM43520 an+ac (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI2:	Broadcom BCM43520 bgn (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI3:	Broadcom BCM43428 abgn (1x1:1 - id: 43428)

BLE:	Broadcom BCM20732 (ttyS1)
LEDS:   1 x Programmable RGB Status LED (driven by a PWM)
	1 x White LED (GPIO)
	1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (GPIO)
	2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC:   AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM (i2c - stores Ethernet MAC + Serial#!)
	ina219 hardware monitor (i2c)
	Kensington Lock

SERIAL:
	WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
	The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
	right angle 1x4 0.1" pinheader.
	The pinout is: VCC, RX, TX, GND. (Use a multimeter)

Flashing needs a serial adaptor (due to the lack of a working dropbear on
the original firmware).

This flashing procedure for the MR32 was tested with firmware:
"r23-149867:150252-aacharya".

0. Create a seperate Ethernet LAN which does not have access to the internet.
   Ideally use 192.168.1.2 for your PC. Make sure to reserve 192.168.1.1 it
   will be used later on by the OpenWrt firmware. The original Meraki firmware
   will likely try to setup the network via DHCP Discovery, so make sure your
   PC is running a DHCP-Server (i.e.: dnsmasq)
   '# dnsmasq -i eth# -F 192.168.1.5,192.168.1.50
   Furthermore, the PC needs a supported ssh/http/ftp server in order to
   retrieve the initramfs + dtb file

1. Disassemble the MR32 device by removing all screws (4 screws are located
   under the 4 rubber feets!) and prying open the plastic covers without
   breaking the plastic retention clips. Once inside, remove all the screws
   on the outer metal shielding to get to the PCB. It's not necessary to
   remove the antennas!

2. Connect the serial cable to the serial header.

3. Partially reassemble the outer metal shielding to ensure that the SoC
   has a proper heat sink.

4. Connect the Ethernet patch cable to the device and the power cable.

5. Wait for the device to boot and enter the root shell.
   (rooting is not discussed in detail here please refer to
   Chris Blake - "pwning the meraki mr18" blog post:
   <https://servernetworktech.com/2016/02/pwning-the-meraki-mr18/>
   (The same method works with the MR32's r23-149867:150252-aacharya)

   Wait for the MR32 to enter the "<Meraki>" prompt and enter:
   <Meraki> odm serial_num read
   (Verify that it matches what's on the S/N Sticker on the back!)
   <Meraki> odm serial_num write Q2XX-XXXX-XXXV
   <Meraki> odm serial_num read
   (Verify that the S/N has changed - and the LED start to flash)

   now to flash the firmware:
   <Meraki> odm firmware part.safe "http://192.168.1.2/mr32-initramfs.bin"

Once OpenWrt booted use sysupgrade to permanently install
OpenWrt. To do this: Download the latest sysupgrade.bin file
for the MR32 to the device and use sysupgrade *sysupgrade.bin
to install it.

WARNING: DO NOT DELETE the "storage" ubi volume!

To flash later MR32 Firmwares like r25-201804051805-G885d6d78-dhow-rel
requires in-circut-i2c tools to access the I2C EEPROM AT24C64 next to
the SoC. The idea is pretty much the same as from Step 5 from above:
Change the serial number to Q2XXXXXXXXXV (should be around 0x7c), then
attach a serial cable, ethernet (but make sure the device can't reach
the internet!) hit "s" (the small s!) during boot to enter the root-shell
and add the following commands to the /storage/config there:

serial_allow_odm true
serial_access_enabled true
serial_access_check false
valid_config true

and then hit exit to let it finish booting.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
1291274335 kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module
The BCM5301x SoCs do have i2c. Since this is only
being used by the Meraki MR32, this will be packaged
as a module.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
abe46d5002 kernel: add default for new config symbols
Provide disabled defaults for I2C_SLAVE_EEPROM and IPMB_DEVICE_INTERFACE.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
5f610ec4b8 bcm53xx: backport uart2 and pcie2 device-nodes
These have made their way into -next. This patch
also includes the portion of the bcm53xx kernel
patch refreshes as the hunks in
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch
moved slightly due to the added nodes.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
c6d9a2ac59 bcm53xx: enable PWM for bcm53xx
The Meraki MR32 (BCM53016A1) uses the pwm to drive the
tricolor LED. The driver has been available in upstream
for a long time. Only the Device-Tree definition was
missing, but it has been queued recently.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:33 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
f6fbc39706 build: define PWM_SUPPORT arch feature flag
As the PWM has its own sub-system in the Linux kernel,
I think it should be handled in the same way as GPIO, RTC, PCI...

This patch introduces a specific feature flag "pwm" and the
"leds-pwm" kernel module as the first customer.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:33 +02:00
Hans Geiblinger
a9071d02b5 ipq40xx: Add support for Linksys MR8300 (Dallas)
The Linksys MR8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888
and provides three, independent radios.
NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware images
with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.

Hardware Highlights:

SoC: IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512MB RAM

SoC:	Qualcomm IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM:	512M DDR3
FLASH:	256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
ETH:	Qualcomm QCA8075 (4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet Jacks)
BTN:	Reset and WPS
USB:	USB3.0, single port on rear with LED
SERIAL:	Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
LED:	Four status lights on top + USB LED
WIFI1:	2x2:2 QCA4019 2.4 GHz radio on ch. 1-14
WIFI2:  2x2:2 QCA4019 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64
WIFI3:  2x2:2 QCA9888 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-165

Support is based on the already supported EA8300.
Key differences:
	EA8300 has 256MB RAM where MR8300 has 512MB RAM.
	MR8300 has a revised top panel LED setup.

Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI using
URL: https://ip-of-router/fwupdate.html (Typically 192.168.1.1)

Signed-off-by: Hans Geiblinger <cybrnook2002@yahoo.com>
[copied Hardware-highlights from EA8300. Fixed alphabetical order.
fixed commit subject, removed bogus unit-address of keys,
fixed author (used Signed-off-By to From:) ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:31:51 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
e24635710c ipq40xx: add support for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN
Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN, also known as Luma WiFi System, is a dual-band
wireless access point.

Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MB DDR3
Flash: 2 MB SPI NOR
       128 MB SPI NAND
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
      5 GHz 2T2R integrated
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8075
USB: 1x 2.0
Bluetooth: 1x 4.0 CSR8510 A10, connected to USB bus
LEDS: 16x multicolor LEDs ring, controlled by MSP430G2403 MCU
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
EEPROM: 16 Kbit, compatible with AT24C16
UART: row of 4 holes marked on PCB as J19, starting count from the side
      of J19 marking on PCB
      1. GND, 2. RX, 3. TX, 4. 3.3V
      baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none

The device supports OTA or USB flash drive updates, unfotunately they
are signed. Until the signing key is known, the UART access is mandatory
for installation. The difficult part is disassembling the casing, there
are a lot of latches holding it together.

Teardown
Prepare three thin, but sturdy, prying tools. Place the device with back
of it facing upwards. Start with the wall having a small notch. Insert
first tool, until You'll feel resistance and keep it there. Repeat the
procedure for neighbouring walls. With applying a pressure, one edge of
the back cover should pop up. Now carefully slide one of the tools to
free the rest of the latches.
There's no need to solder pins to the UART holes, You can use hook clips,
but wiring them outside the casing, will ease debuging and recovery if
problems occur.

Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image.
2. Connect to UART port (don't connect the voltage pin).
3. Connect to LAN port.
4. Power on the device, carefully observe the console output and when
   asked quickly enter the failsafe mode.
5. Invoke 'mount_root'.
6. After the overlayfs is mounted run:
     fw_setenv bootdelay 3
   This will allow to access U-Boot shell.
7. Reboot the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
8. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
   'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
     tftpboot 0x84000000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
     bootm 0x84000000
   and wait till OpenWrt boots.
9. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
     fw_setenv openwrt "setenv mtdids nand1=spi_nand; setenv mtdparts mtdparts=spi_nand:-(ubi); ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000"
     fw_setenv bootcmd "run openwrt"
10. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
    with:
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N ubi_rootfs
     sysupgrade -v -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
11. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt, then it's
    ready for configuration.

Reverting to OEM firmware
1. Execute installation guide steps: 1, 2, 3, 7, 8.
2. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs_data
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N kernel
     ubirename /dev/ubi0 kernel1 kernel ubi_rootfs1 ubi_rootfs
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 34 -N kernel1
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 320 -N ubi_rootfs1
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 264 -N rootfs_data
     fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
3. Reboot.

Known issues
The LEDs ring doesn't have any dedicated driver or application to control
it, the only available option atm is to manipulate it with 'i2cset'
command. The default action after applying power to device is spinning
blue light. This light will stay active at all time. To disable it
install 'i2c-tools' with opkg and run:
 i2cset -y 2 0x48 3 1 0 0 i
The light will stay off until next cold boot.

Additional information
After completing 5. step from installation guide, one can disable asking
for root password on OEM firmware by running:
 sed -e 's/root/root::/' -i /etc/passwd
This is useful for investigating the OEM firmware. One can look
at the communication between the stock firmware and the vendor's
cloud servers or as a way of making a backup of both flash chips.
The root password seems to be constant across all sold devices.
This is output of 'led_ctl' from OEM firmware to illustrate
possibilities of LEDs ring:

Usage: led_ctl [status | upgrade | force_upgrade | version]
       led_ctl solid    COLOR <brightness>
       led_ctl single   COLOR INDEX <brightness 0 - 15>
       led_ctl spinning COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
       led_ctl fill     COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
                                             ( default is 5 )
       led_ctl flashing COLOR <on dur 1 - 128>  <off dur 1 - 128>
                              (default is  34)  ( default is 34 )
       led_ctl pulsing  COLOR
COLOR: red, green, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, white

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[squash "ipq-wifi: add BDFs for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN" into commit,
changed ubi volumes for easier integration, slightly reworded
commit message, changed ubi volume layout to use standard names all
around]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:30:19 +02:00
Brian Norris
03bc9b0002 ipq40xx: add open-drain support to pinctrl-msm
Submitted upstream. Shouldn't affect existing devices, but enables new
device support.

https://lore.kernel.org/linux-gpio/20200703080646.23233-1-computersforpeace@gmail.com/

Currently queued for-next:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-pinctrl.git/commit/?h=for-next&id=13355ca35cd16f5024655ac06e228b3c199e52a9

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
[refresh patch]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 18:43:09 +02:00
John Audia
3ea1b5b745 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.67
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200 and ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq (Easybox 904 xDSL)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add test on lantiq]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-24 18:53:23 +02:00
J. Scott Heppler
620f9c7734 ramips: add support for Linksys EA7300 v2
This submission relied heavily on the work of
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact at rodsan.dev>

Specifications:

*  SoC:            MediaTek  MT7621A            (880  MHz  2c/4t)
*  RAM:            Winbond W632GG6MB-12         (256M  DDR3-1600)
*  Flash:          Winbond W29N01HVSINA         (128M  NAND)
*  Eth:            MediaTek  MT7621A            (10/100/1000  Mbps  x5)
*  Radio:          MT7603E/MT7615N              (2.4  GHz  &  5  GHz)
                     4  antennae:  1  internal  and  3  non-deatachable
*  USB:            3.0  (x1)
*  LEDs:
          White    (x1  logo)
          Green    (x6  eth  +  wps)
          Orange   (x5,  hardware-bound)
*  Buttons:
          Reset    (x1)
          WPS      (x1)

Installation:

Flash factory image through GUI.

This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.

Reverting to factory firmware:

Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.

Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
2020-09-23 12:17:32 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0cfdc7d446 target: update SPDX license names
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-22 20:58:26 +02:00
Paul Spooren
e8f61bf50d ath79: remove DTS from ATH79 target name
The legacy ar71xx target is removed and multiple targets use DTS now, so
there is no need to point that out for ATH79 specifically.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-22 20:29:24 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
006cd489f0 mediatek: mt7622: select bluetooth module instead of firmware
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-22 21:13:54 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
20f2bd044a mediatek: build btmtkuart as a kernel module
bluetooth on mt7622 needs a firmware to start. It can't be built-in or
it tries to load firmware before rootfs is mounted, and then fails.
build it as a kernel module to fix that.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-22 21:07:50 +08:00
David Woodhouse
7190fb2da4 mediatek: mt7623: use bash for generating bootable images
It turns out that 'echo -e' isn't portable; it doesn't work in the dash
builtin echo and Ubuntu users are complaining.

I can't even get octal (specified by POSIX) to work consistently because
those  variants of 'echo' which *do* support -e don't seem to interpret
octalwithout it.

I could switch to /bin/echo but using -e with that isn't actually
portable *either* even though it works today.

For now just stick with bash, and use its builtin. We may end up using
something else entirely; perhaps perl.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-09-19 13:39:29 +01:00
David Woodhouse
d10b738c4b mediatek: fix missing pause on switch port for Banana Pi R2
This causes rx drops when running iperf.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-09-19 13:39:29 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95c9df7971 ipq806x: fix support of Edgecore ECW5410 support
This fixes several stylistic and functional errors of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5410:

  - fix call in 11-ath10k-caldata
  - use hex notation in 11-ath10k-caldata
  - remove redundant definitions from DTS that are already in DTSI
  - use proper sorting in image/Makefile
  - use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL instead of DEVICE_TITLE
  - use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS

Fixes: 59f0a0fd83 ("ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 13:32:11 +02:00
John Audia
770a9c6787 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.66
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed

Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), ath79 (Archer C7v5), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything appears functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add run test from PR]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 12:41:29 +02:00
John Thomson
bf2870c1d9 kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes
This bug applied where mtd partition end address,
or erase start address, was not cleanly divisible by parent mtd erasesize.

This error would cause the bits following the end of the partition
to the next erasesize block boundary to be erased,
and this partition-overflow data to be written to the partition erase
address (missing additional partition offset address)
of the mtd (top) parent device.

Fixes: FS#2428

Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[shorten commit title, add Fixes, fix kernel 4.19 as well]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 12:41:29 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
e6b42386ba ath79/mikrotik: fix soft_config location for SXT 5n
The soft_config partition for these devices lays between 0xe000 and
0xf000 (as correctly detected by the RouterBoard platform driver),
before the bootloader2 partition which starts at 0x10000.

This commit correctly sorts the partitions, fixing the parsing error.

Fixes: FS#3314

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-09-17 23:52:03 +02:00
Martin Schiller
a594a5a330 lantiq: use uniform "u-boot-env" mtd label
This is the most popular choice in the linux kernel tree.

Within OpenWrt, this change will establish consistency with ath79
and ramips targets.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[extend commit message, include netgear_dm200, update base-files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 21:09:51 +02:00
Vladimir Vid
9f0d882680 mvebu: image: add check for fdt_add_r and kernel_addr_r variables
fdt_addr and kernel_addr variables are getting obsolete in the mainline
u-boot in favor of fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r.

By checking if the new variables exist, we can make sure that devices with newer
version of u-boot will work while not breaking support for the existing ones.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-09-17 21:09:51 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4fb58813f9 mediatek: fix hardware flow offload
Add support for dealing with DSA ports

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-17 21:08:32 +02:00
David Bauer
056945faa4 ipq40xx: enable FRITZRepeater 3000 ports on switch
The ethernet ports on the AVM FRITZRepeater 3000 are not separated
between LAN and WAN in the stock firmware. OpenWrt currently abstracts
port 4 as eth0 and port 5 as eth1, bridging them in the kernel.

This patch adjusts the GMAC port bitmasks and default bitmask for ar40xx
to bridge them on the switch, avoiding traffic on both ports to pass
thru the CPU.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-17 18:08:46 +02:00
David Bauer
b7da0d2944 ath79: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro
This adds support for the Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro to the ath79 target. The
device was previously supported on the now removed ar71xx target.

SoC   Atheros AR9344
WiFi  Atheros AR9344 & Atheros AR9280
ETH   Atheros AR8327
RAM   128M DDR2
FLASH 16M SPI-NOR

Installation
------------

Follow the Ubiquiti TFTP recovery procedure for this device.

1. Hold down the reset button while connecting power for 10 seconds.
2. Transfer the factory image via TFTP to the AP (192.168.1.20)
3. Wait 2 minutes for the AP to write the firmware to flash. The device
   will automatically reboot to OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-17 18:07:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e170ffb96 ipq806x: sort entries in lib/upgrade/platform.sh
Apply alphabetic sorting like in the other files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 13:03:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0b1cdb7eea treewide: remove empty default cases
There is no apparent reason to have an empty default case.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 12:46:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a744c14dfa ipq806x: sort entries in 02_network
Apply alphabetic sorting like in the other files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 12:33:45 +02:00
John Crispin
0fbdb51f76 ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support
flashing the unit
* first update to latest edcore FW as per the PDF instructions
* boot the initramfs
  - tftpboot 0x88000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb; bootm
* inside the initramfs call the following commiands
  - ubiattach -p /dev/mtd0
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n0
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n1
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n2
* scp the sysupgrade image to the board and call
  - sysupgrade -n openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-squashfs-nand-sysupgrade.bin

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-09-17 08:43:07 +02:00
Robert Marko
4488b260a0 ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5211 indoor AP.

Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018 ARMv7-A 4x Cortex A-7
- RAM: 256MB DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB MX35LFxGE4AB SPI-NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via Q8075 PHY connected to ethernet adapter via PSGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: Built-in IPQ4018 (2x2 802.11bng, 2x2 802.11 acn)
- CC2540 BLE connected to USB 2.0 port
- Atmel AT97SC3205T I2C TPM

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:43:03 +02:00
Robert Marko
59f0a0fd83 ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5410 indoor AP.

Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8068 ARMv7 2x Cortex A-15
- RAM: 256MB(225 usable) DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB S34MS01G2 Parallel NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via 2x AR8033 PHY-s connected directly to GMAC2 and GMAC3 via SGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: 2x QCA9994 AC Wawe 2 (1x 2GHz bgn, 1x 5GHz acn)
- CC2540 BLE
- UART console on RJ45 next to ethernet ports exposed.
Its Cisco pin compatible, 115200 8n1 baud.

Installation instructions:
Through stock firmware or initramfs.

1.Connect to console
2. Login with root account, if password is unknown then interrupt the boot with f and reset it in failsafe.
3. Transfer factory image
4. Flash the image with ubiformat /dev/mtd1 -y -f <your factory image path>

This will replace the rootfs2 with OpenWrt, if you are currently running from rootfs2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 to /dev/mtd0

Note

Initramfs:
1.  Connect to console
2.  Transfer the image from TFTP server with tftpboot,
or by using DHCP advertised image with dhcp command.
3. bootm
4. Run ubiformat /dev/mtd1

You need to interrupt the bootloader after rebooting and run:
run altbootcmd

This will switch your active rootfs partition to one you wrote to and boot from it.

So if rootfs1 is active, then it will change it to rootfs2.

This will format the rootfs2 partition, if your active partition is 2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 with /dev/mtd0
If you dont format the partition you will be writing too, then sysupgrade will find existing UBI rootfs and kernel volumes and update those.
This will result in wrong ordering and OpenWrt will panic on boot.

5. Transfer sysupgrade image
6. Flash with sysupgrade -n.

Note that sysupgrade will write the image to rootfs partition that is not currently in use.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
43a53891ce ipq806x: import bootargs-append from IPQ40xx
This imports the patch that adds bootargs-append support from IPQ40xx.

This way we can append additional boot arguments from DTS instead of only being able to overwrite them.

This way dual firmware devices can use the rootfs number that bootloader passes to decide from what to boot.
But we still need to append console info and ubi root info.

This is used by Edgecore ECW5410.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
811af0d98a ipq806x: add GSBI1 node to DTSI
IPQ806x series also has a GSBI1 with UART and I2C peripherals, so lets add the node for it.

Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which uses the UART from GSBI1 as second UART for Bluetooth.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
6133ac8e99 ipq806x: 5.4: enable AT803X driver
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which does not use QCA8337 switch,
but rather 2x AR8033 PHY-s directly connected to GMAC-s.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
4a46f36f99 lantiq: remove trailing whitespaces in dts
Remove trailing whitespaces in dts files.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-09-17 00:21:41 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
947bfc62d0 ath79: fix button types for WZR-HP-AG300H and WZR-600DHP
Router and Movie "keys" are actually switches for both devices
according to the manual. This has been properly implemented in ar71xx,
but overlooked when porting to ath79.

Fixes: 480bf28273 ("ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:34:35 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
25f2f66eea ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-600DHP
The hardware of this device seems to be identical to WZR-HP-AG300H.
It was already implemented as a clone in ar71xx.

Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM
- 32 MiB Flash
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n
- 5x 1000Base-T Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0

Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:32:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c68105c3b4 ath79: use common device definition for Buffalo devices
The Buffalo devices in ath79 share their image generation code,
so let's create a shared Device definition for them.

Since most of them use BUFFALO_HWVER := 3, this is moved as
default to the shared definition as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:31:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a99614a44f ath79: consistently use "info" label for default-mac partition
The tp-link safeloader devices typically contain a partition
"default-mac" which stores the MAC addresses. It is followed by other
partitions containing device info, like

  {"default-mac", 0x610000, 0x00020},
  {"pin", 0x610100, 0x00020},
  {"product-info", 0x611100, 0x01000},

In DTS, we typically assign a 0x10000 sized partition for these,
which is mostly labelled "mac" or "info". In rarer cases, the
partitions have been enclosed in a larger "tplink" or "config"
partition.

However, when comparing different devices, the implementation appears
relatively arbitrary at the moment.
Thus, this PR aims at harmonizing these partitions by always using
the name "info" for the DTS partition containing "default-mac".
"info" is preferred over "mac" as we never just have "default-mac"
alone, but always some other device-info partitions as well.

While at it, this also establishes a similar partitioning for the
few devices where the "info" partitions are part of a bigger
unspecific "config" partition or similar.

Besides the harmonization itself, this also allows to merge a few
cases in 11-ath10k-caldata.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:28:48 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
300173950d rtl838x: fix incorrect assignment from kstrtoul in serial.c
Assign return value of kstrtoul to error variable instead of
conversion value.

Suggested-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5c0cecb6c6 rtl838x: refresh config
Use "make kernel_oldconfig" to update and sort target config.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0da0aab6f2 rtl838x: remove some debug output in rtl838x-nor.c
Seems like leftovers from development, remove them.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d5c4750a71 rtl838x: remove and add some empty lines
Do some minor empty lines cleanup, i.e. remove those at EOF and
add some for cosmetic reasons/consistency.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-15 12:28:43 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
df8e6be59a rtl838x: add new architecture
This adds support for the RTL838x Architecture.
SoCs of this type are used in managed and un-managed Switches and Routers
with 8-28 ports. Drivers are provided for SoC initialization, GPIOs, Flash,
Ethernet including a DSA switch driver and internal and external PHYs used
with these switches.

Supported SoCs:

	RTL8380M
	RTL8381M
	RTL8382M

The kernel will also boot on the following RTL839x SoCs, however driver
support apart from spi-nor is missing:

	RTL8390
	RTL8391
	RTL8393

The following PHYs are supported:

	RTL8214FC (Quad QSGMII multiplexing GMAC and SFP port)
	RTL8218B internal: internal PHY of the RTL838x chips
	RTL8318b external (QSGMII 8-port GMAC phy)
	RTL8382M SerDes for 2 SFP ports
	Initialization sequences for the PHYs are provided in the form of
	firmware files.

Flash driver supports 3 / 4 byte access

DSA switch driver supports VLANs, port isolation, STP and port mirroring.

The ALLNET ALL-SG8208M is supported as Proof of Concept:

	RTL8382M SoC
	1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
	8 Internal PHYs (RTL8218B)
	128MB DRAM (Nanya NT5TU128MB)
	16MB NOR Flash (MXIC 25L128)
	8 GBEthernet ports with one green status LED each (SoC controlled)
	1 Power LED (not configurable)
	1 SYS LED (configurable)
	1 On-Off switch (not configurable)
	1 Reset button at the right behind right air-vent (not configurable)
	1 Reset button on front panel (configurable)
	12V 1A barrel connector
	1 serial header with populated standard pin connector and with markings
	  GND TX RX Vcc(3.3V), connection properties: 115200 8N1

To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-09-14 07:54:30 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
7bb1bd469e kernel: add support for ALLNET devices in mtdsplit
Add support for uimage headers from ALLNET and provide support for the
SG8208M and SG8310PM devices' magic bytes.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-09-14 07:54:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a9790dff53 cns3xxx: drop target
This target has not been updated to 5.4 yet, and the only person
trying it (Koen) decided to retreat based on the following reasons:

- The target is not DT-aware at all

- The huge amount of effort required

- The SoC itself reached EoL at Cavium for some time now

- Upstream removed some important parts as it's also slowly getting EoL
  over there

- The commercial product that used this will fade out shortly

- The amount of download for this binary suggest that the target is not
  that popular

Since nobody has picked up the work since then, and this is the last
remaining 4.19-only target, finally drop it now.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-14 00:19:27 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
2188ef954e ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: fix firmware size
This board is equipped with Winbond W25Q256FV 32M SPI-NOR.
Fix partition size for that.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 19:15:06 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
8126521e11 ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: increase SPI clock to 50MHz
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 18:53:25 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
6f2c95f0cf ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: add pcie reset for asm1061
this board has a pcie to sata bridge connected to pcie2 with a
separated pcie reset on gpio7.
add reset-gpios and corresponding pinctrl nodes into dts.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 18:49:26 +08:00
Felix Fietkau
f0cc5f6c0a ramips/mediatek: improve GRO performance, fix PPE packet parsing
Backport upstream changes to initialize GDM settings and reset PPE
Allow GMAC to recognize the special tag to fix PPE packet parsing
Improve GRO performance by passing PPE L4 hash as skb hash

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-13 11:14:32 +02:00
John Audia
17e64b9447 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.65
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed

Build-tested: x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-09-12 23:39:25 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
c9f51a9ad6 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.

The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
  * Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
  * Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
  * Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
  * LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
  * Reset button

Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
      Do NOT bridge R164
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    wifi0     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-04-...
    wifi1     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-05-...

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 19:37:24 +02:00
Zhong Jianxin
53df30f02b ath79: add support for Mercury MW4530R v1
Mercury MW4530R is a TP-Link TL-WDR4310 clone.

Specification:

* SOC: Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 128 MiB
* Flash: 8192 KiB
* Ethernet: 5 x 10/100/1000 (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN) (AR8327)
* Wireless:
  - 2.4 GHz b/g/n (internal)
  - 5 GHz a/n (AR9580)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0

Installation:

Flash factory image via OEM web interface.

Signed-off-by: Zhong Jianxin <azuwis@gmail.com>
2020-09-12 18:47:26 +02:00
John Audia
bee76f1bfa kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.64
Remove upstreamed patches:
 generic-backport
  701-v5.5-net-core-use-listified-Rx-for-GRO_NORMAL-in-napi_gro.patch

Manually merged:
 mediatek/patches-5.4
  0603-net-dsa-mt7530-Extend-device-data-ready-for-adding-a.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200, mvebu, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), mvebu (mamba, rango),
  lantiq/xrx200 (Easybox 904 xDSL), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add community build/run tests to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:28:50 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4110a524e ramips: create common DTSI for Sunvalley Filehub devices
HooToo HT-TM05 and RAVPower RP-WD03 have almost identical hardware
(except for RAM size) and are from the same vendor (SunValley).

Create a common DTSI file for them.

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:25:10 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b56b499948 ramips: fix baud rate for RAVPower RP-WD03
The baud rate for the RAVPower RP-WD03 is 57600, not 115200.

Since this is the default from mt7620n.dtsi, the chosen node can
simply be removed from the device DTS.

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3fc7860961 ramips: assign LEDs for RAVPower RP-WD03
According to the User Manual, there is a "Wi-Fi LED" with blue and
green colors, doing the following by default:

  Flashing Blue: System loading
  Solid Blue: System loaded
  Flashing Green: Connecting to the Internet
  Solid Green: Connected to the Internet

According to this vendor behavior, we keep refer to the LED as "wifi"
but implement the according default behavior as in OEM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
77825f3cfe ramips: fix MAC address assignment for RAVPower RP-WD03
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:

  2.4 GHz    *:b4   (factory 0x04)
  LAN/label  *:b4   (factory 0x28)
  WAN        *:b5   (factory 0x2e)

The previously used location 0x4000 for ethernet is actually empty.

Therefore, fix the ethernet MAC address and set it as label-mac-address.

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:02 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
07aa858a73 ramips: fix partitions and boot for RAVPower RP-WD03
The RAVPower RP-WD03 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and
USB port. Due due a limitation in the vendor supplied U-Boot bootloader,
we cannot exceed a 1.5 MB kernel size, as is the case with recent builds
(i.e. post v19.07). This breaks both factory and sysupgrade images.

To address this, use the lzma loader (loader-okli) to work around this
limitation.

The improvements here also address the "misplaced" U-Boot environment
partition, which is located between the kernel and rootfs in the stock
image / implementation. This is addressed by making use of mtd-concat,
maximizing space available in the booted image.
This will make sysupgrade from earlier versions impossible.

Changes are based on the recently supported HooToo HT-TM05, as the
hardware is almost identical (except for RAM size) and is from the same
vendor (SunValley). While at it, also change the SPI frequency
accordingly.

Installation:

 - Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
   of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
   - openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
   - openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
 - Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
 - Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
 - With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
   white LED lights up.
 - Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
   holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
   for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
 - The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
   and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
   automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
 - Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address

Notes:

 - U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
   install or sysupgrade
 - mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
   combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions

Most of the changes in this commit are the work of Russell Morris (as
credited below), I only wrapped them up and added compat-version.
Thanks to @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the lzma loader
to work!

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 19:31:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a4e5b8897a ramips: use proper name for RAVPower RP-WD03
The proper model name is RP-WD03 (i.e. with the RP- prefix).

Adjust all names to that.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 19:18:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
14024f6e0f kernel: use proper upstream inclusion version for patch
The patch is only included in kernel 5.5.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 18:40:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4527f59428 ramips: move ravpower-wd009-factory recipe to mt76x8.mk
The recipe is only used for a single device, so put it in the
subtarget file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 18:40:44 +02:00
David Bauer
2e6c236abd ipq40xx: essedma: enable VLAN tag offload for single-port
Enable the VLAN tag offloading mechanism for RGMII single-port devices.
This allows those devices to use 802.1Q VLANs on the ethernet port.

Previously, RX frames were double tagged, as the RX TAG removal flag was
not enabled and an additional 802.1Q header was inserted elsewhere in
the code.

On the TX side, tagging was completely not present for single-port
devices. Enable tagging if an 802.1Q frame should be transmitted and
disable the default tagging mechanism for single-port devices.

Tested on Aruba AP-303

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-11 17:37:11 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
788aa61e1b ath25: fix preinit Ethernet port configuration
vconfig is no more installed by default to a firmware image. So, replace
vconfig calls for VLAN subinterface configuration by coresponding
ip-link commands.

Also drop few useless comments from the preinit hook script, while we
are at it.

I have no chance to test this fix since I have no board with a subject
switch IC, but this is still better then call an utility that is
unavailable in the firmware for years.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[use documented syntax for ip link add]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-10 18:52:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4d747f5495 kernel: add recently introduced CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_ELF_FW
The config symbol was introduced in drivers, but not added to
generic kernel config files. This will halt build asking for the
value.

Fix it by adding the value (setting it to disabled).

Fixes: 3f7047db7a ("kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-09 22:09:19 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
9dd4ba3d7e ath79: add support for TP-Link EAP245-v3
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.

Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)

Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface

The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.

Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.

Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt

Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E3
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-09-09 20:42:10 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
b71668f96a ath79: enable elf mtd splitter
Enabled the ELF firmware partition splitter 4.19 and 5.4 in preparation
for the TP-Link EAP245v3 device support.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
3f7047db7a kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting
To parse the ELF kernel loader, a small ELF parser is used that can
handle both ELF32 or ELF64 class loaders. The splitter assumes that the
kernel is always located before the rootfs, whether it is embedded in
the loader or not. If the kernel is located after the rootfs on the
firmware partition, then the rootfs splitter will include it in the
dynamically created rootfs_data partition and the kernel will be
corrupted.

The kernel image is preferably embedded inside the ELF loader, so the
end of the loader equals the end of the kernel partition. This is due to
the way mtd_find_rootfs_from searches for the the rootfs:
- if the kernel image is embedded in the loader, the appended rootfs may
  follow the loader immediately, within the same erase block.
- if the kernel image is not embedded in the loader, but placed at some
  offset behind the loader (OKLI-style loader), the rootfs must be
  aligned to an erase-block after the loader and kernel image.

In case section header table is empty, determine the elf loader size by
finding the end of the last segment, as defined by the program header
table.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2dda301d40 ramips: disable default build for Ravpower RP-WD03
This device has a 1.5M kernel size limit during boot and is
unbootable since February 2019 [1].

[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/ravpower-wd03-does-not-start-with-openwrt-master/49792

Reported-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-09 14:12:14 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
668c988fc5 mediatek/ramips: remove an ethernet optimization patch that was reported to cause a regression
In some tests, crashes were observed

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-09 11:51:47 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
c18a872825 mediatek: backport the latest version of the mt7531 support patches
Fixes unknown unicast flooding issue

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-09 11:51:47 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
38f6d5d217 treewide: revert sysupgrade adjustments for early DSA-adopters
The uci-default mechanism to update the compat-version was only
meant for early DSA-adopters, which should have updated by now.

Remove this workaround again in order to prevent the intended
experiences for all the other people.

This reverts:
a9703db720 ("mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
86c89bf5e8 ("kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")

Partially reverted:
1eac573b53 ("ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-08 19:27:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
de4e57eaaa Revert "treewide: add sysupgrade comment for early DSA-adopters"
This reverts commit e81e625ca3.

This was meant just for early DSA-adopters. Those should have
updated by now, remove it so future updaters get the intended
experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-08 19:26:22 +02:00
John Audia
2c2fcbd2e0 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.63
Manually merged:
 hack-5.4
  230-openwrt_lzma_options.patch
 bcm27xx
  950-0283-hid-usb-Add-device-quirks-for-Freeway-Airmouse-T3-an.patch
 x86
  011-tune_lzma_options.patch

Remove upstreamed patches in collaboration with Ansuel Smith:
 ipq806x
  093-1-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-ipq806x-clocks-in-PCIe-driver.patch
  093-2-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Change-duplicate-PCI-reset-to-phy-reset.patch
  093-3-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-reset-for-ipq806x.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2708, ipq806x, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[update commit message/tested]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:55:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ad22f6a8aa ath25: disable devices with 4M flash
Devices with 4M flash are not built be default for 20.xx anymore.

Building them with buildbot settings does not work anymore anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:50:36 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9c12a33b24 ath25: apply vendor_model scheme
This applies the vendor_model scheme for this target as well, so
naming is consistent throughout supported targets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:53 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
ce3b135243 ath25: eth: fix crash on skb DMA (un-)map
AR2315 Ethernet driver pass NULL instead of a real device pointer to DMA
(un-)map calls. With kernel version 5.4 such behaviour causes a kernel
panic. Fix this issue by preserving device pointer during the probe
procedure and pass it to each skb data DMA (un-)map call.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2020-09-06 19:49:43 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
36e06497f4 ath25: fix ethernet supported link modes for ar2313
Rework ethernet supported link modes to linkmode bitmask.

This is needed to suppress compilation errors:

   drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ar231x/ar231x.c:1153:20: ...
     error: assignment to expression with array type
     phydev->supported &= (SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half
                       ^~

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1a4c1d64bc ath25: fix compilation for AR2315 MTD driver
Kernel commit e7bfb3fdbde3 ("mtd: Stop updating erase_info->state
and calling mtd_erase_callback()") removed erase_info->state
updates and calls of mtd_erase_callback().

Drop these erase callback invocations from AR2315 MTD driver as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
481d0281d8 ath25: update config for kernel 5.4
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
fc920bfb00 ath25: refresh patches for kernel 5.4
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
081e944be6 ath25: add back target support
Discussion on the mailing list reveals that this target has active
users. As we are finally able to upgrade this target to kernel 5.4,
add it back to master.

This reverts commit 7d29a55714 ("ath25: drop target") and
immediately moves the relevant files to 5.4, without touching
the content.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8938711223 ath79: drop Build/loader-kernel-cmdline
This is the same as  loader-kernel since the KERNEL_CMDLINE
parameter has been removed in [1] and not used at all anyway.

Remove it.

[1] f77db1a590 ("ath79: cleanup image build code")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-06 19:43:08 +02:00
Josh Bendavid
b5dd746cbb ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
        WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white), USB 2.0 (white)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

MAC addresses:

lan   factory 0xe000     *:a7 (label)
wan   factory 0xe006     *:aa
2.4   factory 0xe000 +1  *:a8
5.0   factory 0xe000 +2  *:a9

Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.

Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[rebase onto already merged DIR-1960 A1, add MAC addresses to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:09:45 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
ba72ed537c kernel: backport GRO improvements
Improves network performance

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
63b6b10670 kernel: backport improved checksum function for ARM64
Improves network performance in some cases when checksum offload is not
available

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
21ab979c70 mediatek/mt7622: adjust kernel cpu features to match the hardware
Disable unnecessary errata/features
Enable potentially needed ones

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
252197f014 apm821xx: provide legacy interrupts for PCIe in DT
Devices with PCIe-Switches like the WNDR4700, MR24 and WNDAP660
need to have the interrupts property specified in the device-tree
for the legacy pci interrupt signaling method to work.

If the proper interrupt value is not specified, the default INTA
IRQ 12 is taken for all devices. This is especially bad, if the
device is setup to use INTC, because these interrupts will not
be serviced.

Russell Senior reported his experience on the MR24:
"The symptom is client devices can't see the beacons.
Wifi ifaces appear, can scan and hear other networks,
but clients can't see the MR24's SSIDs."

(The interrupts-property on the WNDAP620 was optional since it
uses INTA by default. Likewise the MX60W is in the same category)

Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-05 23:26:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
920d975cab mediatek: enable coherent DMA for ethernet and PCI
Improves performance by eliminating the need for extra cache flushes

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
44fe9e6f84 mediatek: fix an irq handling issue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7081b1704e mediatek/ramips: add patch to avoid unnecessary rearming of interrupts
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
1fe914d9b4 mediatek: disable packet steering by default
mt76 now spreads the load over multiple CPUs more smoothly, processing
ethernet packets should be faster running on one core

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a38b6efbc1 mediatek: enable kernel PCIe ASPM support, refresh kernel config
Improves performance on PCIe devices

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 12:42:46 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
ad0f0df909 layerscape: fix linux headers install issue
The linux upstream commit had treated config leak as error.
5967577 scripts: headers_install: Exit with error on config leak

It is causing below build issue. Provide a kernel patch to fix
it by replacing CONFIG_COMPAT kernel option with FM_COMPAT instead.

  HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/integrations/integration_ioctls.h
  HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h
error: include/uapi/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h: leak
CONFIG_COMPAT to user-space
scripts/Makefile.headersinst:63: recipe for target
'usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h' failed
make[5]: *** [usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h] Error 1
Makefile:1198: recipe for target 'headers' failed
make[4]: *** [headers] Error 2

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-09-03 14:34:33 +01:00
Russell Morris
45a81f7056 ramips: add support for HooToo HT-TM05
The HooToo HT-TM05 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and USB port.
Vendor U-Boot limited to 1.5 MB kernel size, so use lzma loader (loader-okli).

Specifications:

  SOC:     MediaTek MT7620N
  BATTERY: 10400mAh
  WLAN:    802.11bgn
  LAN:     1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
  USB:     1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
  RAM:     64 MB
  FLASH:   GigaDevice GD25Q64, Serial 8 MB Flash, clocked at 50 MHz
           Flash itself specified to 80 MHz, but speed limited by mt7620 SPI
           fast-read enabled (m25p)
  LED:     Status LED (blue after boot, green with WiFi traffic
           4 leds to indicate power level of the battery (unable to control)
  INPUT:   Power, reset button

MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:

  2.4 GHz    *:b4   (factory 0x04)
  LAN/label  *:b4   (factory 0x28)
  WAN        *:b5   (factory 0x2e)

Tested and working:

 - Ethernet
 - 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
 - Installation from TFTP (recovery)
 - OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving), through the usual
   ways: command line and LuCI
 - LEDs (except as noted above)
 - Button (reset)
 - I2C, which is needed for reading battery charge status and level
 - U-Boot environment / variables (from U-Boot, and OpenWrt)

Installation:

 - Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
   of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
   - ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
   - ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
 - Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
 - Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
 - With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
   white LED lights up.
 - Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
   holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
   for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
 - The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
   and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
   automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
 - Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address

Notes:

 - U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
   install or sysupgrade
 - mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
   combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions

I would like to thank @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the
lzma loader to work!

Signed-off-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
[drop changes in image/Makefile, fix indent and PKG_RELEASE in
uboot-envtools, fix LOADER_FLASH_OFFS, minor commit message facelift,
add COMPILE to Device/Default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
b7013e9c4a ramips: image: add recipe for OKLI loader
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
cac9e3e2cb ramips: lzma-loader: make FLASH_START configurable
FLASH_START is supposed to point at the memory area where NOR flash are
mapped. We currently have an incorrect FLASH_START copied from ar71xx
back then and the loader doesn't work under OKLI mode.
On ramips, mt7621 has it's flash mapped to 0x1fc00000 and other SoCs
uses 0x1c000000. This commit makes FLASH_START a configurable value to
handle both cases.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95acc4fe0e kernel: remove support for kernel 4.14
No target uses kernel 4.14 anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:23 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
66ab1fb395 ramips: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:23 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e68c017e93 pistachio: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
64824db6d8 arc770: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bc88ee0aff samsung: drop target
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and no attempt has been made to
update it to a newer kernel. Since we already are two LTS versions ahead
of that the target is dropped, as the chance of somebody bumping it will
only decrease with time.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
94198e2a1c rb532: drop target
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:

From sysupgrade:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  loading kernel from nand... OK
  setting up elf image... OK
  jumping to kernel code

At this point the system hangs.

From CompactFlash:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  Booting CF
  Loading kernel... done
  setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed

The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.

Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.

Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7d29a55714 ath25: drop target
This target still only works with kernel 4.14, and not so recent
attempts of getting newer kernel versions supported did not lead
to success. Therefore, drop the target, as we are already two
LTS kernel versions ahead and it does not seem like anybody will
pick up the work.

Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=169991&state=*

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b5d425af23 mediatek/ramips: unify ethernet driver fixes and add performance optimizations
Increase DMA burst size and tx ring size and optimize tx processing

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-01 17:01:56 +02:00
John Crispin
4841ac042e mediatek: pull in some fixes fromt he latest SDK
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-09-01 09:09:13 +02:00
Michael Pratt
22caf30a65 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius ENH202 v1
FCC ID: U2M-ENH200

Engenius ENH202 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
built-in ethernet switch, internal antenna plates and proprietery PoE.

Specification:

  - Qualcomm/Atheros AR7240 rev 2
  - 40 MHz reference clock
  - 8 MB FLASH                  ST25P64V6P (aka ST M25P64)
  - 32 MB RAM
  - UART at J3                  (populated)
  - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet     (built-in switch at gmac1)
  - 2.4 GHz, 2x2, 29dBm         (Atheros AR9280 rev 2)
  - internal antenna plates     (10 dbi, semi-directional)
  - 5 LEDs, 1 button            (LAN, WAN, RSSI) (Reset)

Known Issues:

  - Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
  - Power LED not controllable, or unknown gpio

MAC addresses:

  eth0/eth1  *:11   art 0x0/0x6
  wlan       *:10   art 0x120c

  The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
  in that order.

  Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
  determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.

Installation:

  2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:

  - Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
      this is LAN for all images
  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

    OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
    username and password "admin"
    In upper right select Reset
    "Restore to factory default settings"
    Wait for reboot and login again
    Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
    Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
    Upload and verify checksum
    Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

    After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
    Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
    execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
    wait a minute
    connect to ethernet and navigate to
    "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
    Select the factory.bin image and upload
    wait about 3 minutes

Return to OEM:

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
  If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

Format of OEM firmware image:

  The OEM software of ENH202 is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...

    openwrt-senao-enh202-uImage-lzma.bin
    openwrt-senao-enh202-root.squashfs

  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
  what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.

  OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM firmware
  expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
  and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
  overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.

Note on built-in switch:

  ENH202 is originally configured to be an access point,
  but with two ethernet ports, both WAN and LAN is possible.

  the POE port is gmac0 which is preferred to be
  the port for WAN because it gives link status
  where swconfig does not.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[assign label_mac in 02_network, use ucidef_set_interface_wan,
use common device definition, some reordering]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Michael Pratt
6decbf3186 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius ENS202EXT v1
Engenius ENS202EXT v1 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
with built-in ethernet switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.

FCC ID:	A8J-ENS202

Specification:

  - Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1
  - 535/400/200/40 MHz          (CPU/DDR/AHB/REF)
  - 64 MB of RAM
  - 16 MB of FLASH              MX25L12835F(MI-10G)
  - UART (J1) header on PCB     (unpopulated)
  - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet     (built-in switch Atheros AR8229)
  - 2.4 GHz, up to 27dBm        (Atheros AR9340)
  - 2x external, detachable antennas
  - 7x LED (5 programmable in ath79), 1x GPIO button (Reset)

Known Issues:

  - Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
  - Ethernet LEDs stay on solid when connected, not programmable

MAC addresses:

  eth0/eth1  *:7b   art 0x0/0x6
  wlan       *:7a   art 0x1002

  The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
  in that order.

  Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
  determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.

Installation:

  2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:

  - Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
      this is LAN for all images
  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

    OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
    username and password "admin"
    In upper right select Reset
    "Restore to factory default settings"
    Wait for reboot and login again
    Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
    Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
    Upload and verify checksum
    Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

    After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
    Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
    execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
    wait a minute
    connect to ethernet and navigate to
    "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
    Select the factory.bin image and upload
    wait about 3 minutes

  *If you are unable to get network/LuCI after flashing*
  You must perform another factory reset:

    After waiting 3 minutes or when Power LED stop blinking:

    Hold Reset button for 15 seconds while powered on
    or until Power LED blinks very fast

    release and wait 2 minutes

Return to OEM:

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to this model.
  The following directions are unique to this model.
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

TFTP Recovery:

  For some reason, TFTP is not reliable on this board.
  Takes many attempts, many timeouts before it fully transfers.

  Starting with an initramfs.bin:

  Connect to ethernet
  set IP address and TFTP server to 192.168.1.101
  set up infinite ping to 192.168.1.1
  rename the initramfs.bin to "vmlinux-art-ramdisk" and host on TFTP server
  disconnect power to the board
  hold reset button while powering on board for 8 seconds

  Wait a minute, power LED should blink eventually if successful
  and a minute after that the pings should get replies
  You have now loaded a temporary Openwrt with default settings temporarily.
  You can use that image to sysupgrade another image to overwrite flash.

Format of OEM firmware image:

  The OEM software of ENS202EXT is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...

    openwrt-senao-ens202ext-uImage-lzma.bin
    openwrt-senao-ens202ext-root.squashfs

  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
  what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.

Note on the factory.bin:

  The newest kernel is too large to be in the kernel partition

  the new ath79 kernel is beyond   1592k
  Even ath79-tiny is               1580k

  Checksum fails at boot because the bootloader (modified uboot)
  expects kernel to be 1536k. If the kernel is larger, it gets
  overwritten when rootfs is flashed, causing a broken image.
  The mtdparts variable is part of the build and saving a new
  uboot environment will not persist after flashing.
  OEM version might interact with uboot or with the custom
  OEM partition at 0x9f050000.

  Failed checksums at boot cause failsafe image to launch,
  allowing any image to be flashed again.

  HOWEVER: one should not install older Openwrt from failsafe
  because it can cause rootfs to be unmountable,
  causing kernel loop after successful checksum.
  The only way to rescue after that is with a serial cable.

  For these reasons, a fake kernel (OKLI kernel loader)
  and fake squashfs rootfs is implemented to take care of
  the OEM firmware image verification and checksums at boot.
  The OEM only verifies the checksum of the first image
  of each partition respectively, which is the loader
  and the fake squashfs. This completely frees
  the "firmware" partition from all checks.

  virtual_flash is implemented to make use of the wasted space.
  this leaves only 2 erase blocks actually wasted.

  The loader and fakeroot partitions must remain intact, otherwise
  the next boot will fail, redirecting to the Failsafe image.

  Because the partition table required is so different
  than the OEM partition table and ar71xx partition table,
  sysupgrades are not possible until one switches to ath79 kernel.

Note on sysupgrade.tgz:

  To make things even more complicated, another change is needed to
  fix an issue where network does not work after flashing from either
  OEM software or Failsafe image, which implants the OEM (Openwrt Kamikaze)
  configuration into the jffs2 /overlay when writing rootfs from factory.bin.

  The upgrade script has this:

    mtd -j "/tmp/_sys/sysupgrade.tgz" write "${rootfs}" "rootfs"

  However, it also accepts scripts before and after:

    before_local="/etc/before-upgradelocal.sh"
    after_local="/etc/after-upgradelocal.sh"
    before="before-upgrade.sh"
    after="after-upgrade.sh"

  Thus, we can solve the issue by making the .tgz an empty file
  by making a before-upgrade.sh in the factory.bin

Note on built-in switch:

  There is two ports on the board, POE through the power supply brick,
  the other is on the board. For whatever reason, in the ar71xx target,
  both ports were on the built-in switch on eth1. In order to make use
  of a port for WAN or a different LAN, one has to set up VLANs.

  In ath79, eth0 and eth1 is defined in the DTS so that the
  built-in switch is seen as eth0, but only for 1 port
  the other port is on eth1 without a built-in switch.

  eth0: switch0
    CPU is port 0
    board port is port 1

  eth1: POE port on the power brick

  Since there is two physical ports,
  it can be configured as a full router,
  with LAN for both wired and wireless.

  According to the Datasheet, the port that is not on the switch
  is connected to gmac0. It is preferred that gmac0 is chosen as WAN
  over a port on an internal switch, so that link status can pass
  to the kernel immediately which is more important for WAN connections.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[apply sorting in 01_leds, make factory recipe more generic, create common
device node, move label-mac to 02_network, add MAC addresses to commit
message, remove kmod-leds-gpio, use gzip directly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
781d4bfb39 ath79: mikrotik: fix network setup for lhg-hb platform
This network setup for MikroTik devices based on the LHG-HB platform
avoids using the integrated switch and connects the single Ethernet
port directly. This way, link speed (10/100 Mbps) is properly repor-
ted by eth0.

Fixes: FS#3309

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Sven Wegener
0348a02c7c ath79: use correct MAC address for TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v2
The base address is used for the LAN and 2G WLAN interfaces.
5G WLAN interface is +1 and the PLC interface uses +2.

Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[improve commit title, fix assignment in 11-ath10k-caldata]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Martin Kennedy
af9dee336d ath79: add support for Meraki MR16
Port device support for Meraki MR16 from the ar71xx target to ath79.

Specifications:

  * AR7161 CPU, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
  * One PoE-capable Gigabit Ethernet Port
  * AR9220 / AR9223 (2x2 11an / 11n) WLAN

Installation:

  * Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
  * Open shell case and connect a USB to TTL cable to upper serial headers
  * Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
  * Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
       setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
       tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
       bootm 0c00000;
  * Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR16
  * sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin

Notes:

  - There are two separate ARTs in the partition (offset 0x1000/0x5000 and
    0x11000/0x15000) in the OEM device. I suspect this is an OEM artifact;
    possibly used to configure the radios for different regions,
    circumstances or RF frontends. Since the ar71xx target uses the
    second offsets, use that second set (0x11000 and 0x15000) for the ART.

  - kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
    driver.

  - The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
    at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
    OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
    migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
    upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
    method for doing this is described below.

  - Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
    one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
    migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
    note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
    those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
    headers should anything go wrong.

    1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
    2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
    3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
       The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:

       # MTD device   env offset  env size    sector size
       /dev/mtd1      0x00000     0x10000     0x10000

       See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
       for more details.

    4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
       link above.
    5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
    6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
       Change ...

       cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd

       ... into ...

       (
         dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
         echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56'  ; # Add in MAC address
         dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
         cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
       )

       ... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
       128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
       firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
       instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
       starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.

    7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
    8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait

    Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
    serial cable handy.

Addenda:

  - The MR12 should be able to be migrated in a nearly identical manner as
    it shares much of its hardware with the MR16.

  - Thank-you Chris B for copious help with this port.

Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[fix typo in compat message, drop art DT label,
move 05_fix-compat-version to subtarget]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Paul Spooren
84024e245f build: add whatdepends target to imagebuilder
The package manager `opkg` offers the function `whatdepends` to print
packages that depend on a specific package.

This feature is useful when used in a CI to not only build an upgraded
package but all packages with a dependency.

Usage:
    make whatdepends PACKAGE=libipset

The resulting list can be fed into a SDK building all packages and warn
if anything fails.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-08-31 11:18:24 +01:00
Thomas Petazzoni
168faef443 kernel: add options needed for SELinux
This adds a number of options to config/Config-kernel.in so that
packages related to SELinux support can enable the appropriate Linux
kernel support.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase; add ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, and JFFS2 support; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
2020-08-31 01:15:41 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
55b73d6754 kernel: add missing symbol NET_DSA_TAG_RTL4_A
Fix build breakage caused by the missing kernel config symbol.

Fixes: 8735997686 ("kernel: backport RTL8366RB patches")
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-30 22:21:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d7fb7ac278 ath79: increase kernel partition for ar9344 TP-Link CPE/WBS
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.

Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:20:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4e4ee46495 ar71xx: drop target
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.

This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:18:35 +02:00
John Audia
05b8e84362 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.61
Manually merged:
  backport-5.4
     011-kbuild-export-SUBARCH.patch
  layerscape
    701-net-0262-net-dsa-ocelot-add-tagger-for-Ocelot-Felix-switches.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: x86/64, lantiq/xrx200, ramips/mt7621
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq/xrx200, x86/64, ramips (RT-AC57U)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 19:44:47 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
f589bd9283 apm821xx: fix typos in .dts files
This patch fixes various typos or tab-vs-space issues in
the APM821XX device targets Device-Tree source files.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:15:09 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
e4c33462f9 apm821xx: use SPDX-License-identifiers
Please note that the DTS are based on really old .DTS from vendors
themselves.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:15:03 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
eb6bb94b12 apm821xx: apm821xx.dtsi fix comment styles
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:58 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
4ea5d443db apm821xx: MX60W: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration for
the Meraki MX60W.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:55 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
1640e71e8e apm821xx: WNDR4700: delete wndr4700 board file
Thanks to the PCIE OF enumeration patch, this is technically
no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:49 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
9153955095 apm821xx: MR24: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration for
the Meraki MR24.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:44 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
b15420fc6c apm821xx: add missing cells-values for IIC1
These are copied over from the IIC0.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:42 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
90909ef4ba apm821xx: DTB: fix warnings related to sata-port warnings
This patch silences the following warnings:
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:168.3-13:Warning (reg_format): /plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0:reg:property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #size-cells value

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:37 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
0facedb515 apm821xx: WNDAP6x0: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDAP620 and WNDAP660.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:31 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
2c3f16d70e apm821xx: WNDR4700: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDR4700.

This allows to get rid of the legacy firmware monikers and drop
the usbport LED declaration.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:27 +02:00
Daniel Golle
d75e753063 oxnas: kd20: revert accedintally commited change
Changing the factory image of KD20 was used during testing and wasn't
intended to be included in the commit fixing a SATA bug on oxnas.
Revert that part of the commit.

Fixes: 5793112f75 ("oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-29 01:16:24 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
42d14ace3e mvebu: LS421DE: add linkstation poweroff driver
Compile the Linkstation poweroff module for the Buffalo LS421DE.
Without this driver the device remains forever halted if a power off
command is executed.

The driver will also allow to use the WoL feature, which wasn't availabe
in the stock firmware.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 10:44:29 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
59c200ca0a mvebu: backport linkstation-poweroff upstream driver
Backport the Linkstation poweroff driver from the kernel upstream (commit
a7f79f99541ef)

This driver is required by the Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE for a correct
power off operation. It also allows to use the WoL feature.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 10:44:29 +01:00
Perry Melange
09faa73c53 ramips: rt3883: use lzma-loader for DIR-645
The DIR-645 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.

Run-tested on D-Link DIR-645.

Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 00:25:34 +02:00
Georgi Vlaev
51b653de94 ramips: add support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6
This patch adds support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6 (Quantum D6).

Specifications:
--------------

* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3, Nanya NT5CB64M16GP-EK
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash, GigaDevice GD25Q127CSIG
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7615N (4x4:4) on mini PCIE slot.
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2) on mini PCIE slot.
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN(x4), WiFi, WPS, dual color
       "WAVLINK" LED logo on the top cover.
* Buttons: Reset, WPS, "Turbo", touch button on the top
           cover via RH6015C touch sensor.
* UART: UART1: serial console (57600 8n1) on the J4 header
               located below the top heatsink.
        UART2: J12 header, located on the right side of
               the board.
* USB: One USB3 port.
* I2C: J9 header, located below the top heatsink.

Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------

There isn't any firmware released for the WL-WN531A6 on
the Wavlink web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is
not possible unless we have a backup of the original OEM
firmware.

The OEM firmware is stored on /dev/mtd4 ("Kernel").

  1) Plug a FAT32 formatted USB flash drive into the USB port.
  2) Navigate to "Setup->USB Storage". Under the "Available
     Network folder" you can see part of the mount point of
     the newly mounted flash drive filesystem - e.g "sda1".
     The full mount point is prefixed with "/media", so in
     this case the mount point becomes "/media/sda1".
  3) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml .
  4) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:

     dd if=/dev/mtd4ro of=/media/sda1/firmware.bin

  5) Click "Apply"
  6) After few seconds, in the text area should appear this
     output:

        30080+0 records in
      30080+0 records out

  7) Type "sync" in the "Command" input box and click "Apply".
  8) At this point the OEM firmware is stored on the flash
     drive as "firmware.bin". The size of the file is 15040 KB.

Installation:
------------

* Flashing instructions (OEM web interface):
The OEM web interface accepts only files with names containing
"WN531A6". It's also impossible to flash the *-sysupgrade.bin
image, so we have to flash the *-initramfs-kernel.bin first and
use the OpenWrt's upgrade interface to write the sysupgrade
image.

  1) Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-initramfs-kernel.bin
     to WN531A6.bin.
  2) Connect your computer to the one of the LAN ports of the
     router with an Ethernet cable and open http://192.168.10.1
  3) Browse to Setup -> Firmware Upgrade interface.
  4) Upload the (renamed) OpenWrt image - WN531A6.bin.
  5) Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device
     a few minutes to finish and reboot.
  6) After reboot wait for the "WAVLINK" logo on the top cover
     to turn solid blue, and open http://192.168.1.1
  7) Use the OpenWrt's "Flash Firmware" interface to write the
     OpenWrt sysupgrade image:
     openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

* Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP):
  1) Configure a TFTP server on your computer and set its IP
     to 192.168.10.100
  2) Rename the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to firmware.bin and
     place it in the root folder of the TFTP server.
  3) Power off the device and connect an Ethernet cable from
     one of its LAN ports your computer.
  4) Press the "Reset" button (and keep it pressed)
  5) Power on the device.
  6) After a few seconds, when the connected port LAN LED stops
     blinking fast, release the "Reset" button.
  7) Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
     reboot automatically.
  8) After reboot the WAVLINK logo on the top cover will indicate
     the current OpenWrt running status (wait until the logo tunrs
     solid blue).

Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
  Follow "Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP)" and use the
  "firmware.bin" backup image.

* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
  Upload the "firmware.bin" backup image and select "Force update"
  before continuing.

Notes:
-----
* The MAC address shown on the label at the back of the device
is assigned to the 2.4G WiFi adapter.

  MAC addresses assigned by the OEM firmware:
  2.4G: *:XX (label): factory@0x0004
    5G: *:XX + 1    : factory@0x8004
   WAN: *:XX - 1    : factory@0xe006
   LAN: *:XX - 2    : factory@0xe000

* The I2C bus and UART2 are fully functional. The headers are
not populated.

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
2020-08-28 00:25:33 +02:00
Andrew Freeman
ff5dd32164 ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR850N v2
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR850N v2. This device
is very similar to TP-Link TL-WR840 v4 and TP-Link TL-WR841 v13.

Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7628NN
Flash: 8 MiB SPI
RAM: 64 MiB
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628NN
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)

Installation Using the integrated tftp capability of the router:
1. Turn off the router.
2. Connect pc to one of the router LAN ports.
3. Set your PC IPv4 address to 192.168.0.66/24.
4. Run any TFTP server on the PC.
5. Put the recovery firmware on the root directory of TFTP server
   and name the file tp_recovery.bin
6. Start the router by pressing power button while holding the
   WPS/Reset button (or both WPS/Reset and WIFI buttons)
7. Router connects to your PC with IPv4 address 192.168.0.2,
   downloads the firmware, installs it and reboots. LEDs are
   flashing. Now you have OpenWrt installed.
8. Change your IPv4 PC address to something in 192.168.1.0/24
   network or use DHCP to get an address from your OpenWrt router.
9. Done! You can login to your router via ssh.

Forum link:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-support-for-tp-link-tl-wr850n-v2/66899

Signed-off-by: Andrew Freeman <labz56@gmail.com>
[squash an tidy up commits, sort nodes]
Signed-off-by: Darsh Patel <darshkpatel@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-27 16:36:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e936591f0 at91: explicitly set CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT for sam9x subtarget
The at91 target sets

  FEATURES:=usb usbgadget ...

in the target Makefile, which sets CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y in the
.config file for both subtargets.

However, when building with all kmods, the build fails with the
following error message:

  ERROR: module [...]/drivers/bluetooth/btusb.ko is missing.

It appears that only a part of the bluetooth files are compiled.
The package depends @USB_SUPPORT.

This can be easily healed by adding CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y to the
sam9x subtarget configuration. Before the 4.14->5.4 bump, the
same was also set in the target's config-4.14 file along with
several other USB config options that are not reimplemented.

Still, it remains a mystery to me why setting the same symbol
via target kernel config creates a different result than the
feature setting the same symbol in target-metadata.pl.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-27 16:36:18 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
e9b6dd3151 pistachio: Use kernel 5.4 by default
Kernel 5.4 should be stable enough.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-27 00:34:46 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
adf830a3a5 ramips: remove further mt7621 code from local ethernet driver
While commit 734a8c46e7 focussed on removing stuff directly
selected by the NET_RALINK_* symbols, this patch removes additional
unused mt7621-specific code from the ethernet driver.

As with the previous patch, the main reason is to reduce the amount
of code we have to maintain and care about.

Note that this patch still keeps a few lines with
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOC_MT7621) in mtk_eth_soc.h/.c, as this file is
still selected for the mt7621 subtarget.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-26 23:58:01 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
18fbb9aa21 ath79: fix ethernet setup for some qca953x devices
On Comfast CF-E130N v2 and Mikrotik LHG HB board, the config
found in DTS appears to be strange:

- eth0 has "syscon","simple-mfd" set although it's not enabled
- eth1 is enabled redundantly (already "okay" in qca953x.dtsi)
- phy-handle is set for eth1 in DTS although it has a fixed-link
  in qca953x.dtsi

This seems like a copy-paste gone wrong. Remove the named options.

Run-tested on MikroTik LHG 2.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 20:54:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7f1540cc46 at91: introduce vendor_model scheme and drop board names
This introduces the vendor_model scheme to this target in order to
harmonize device names within the target and with the rest of
OpenWrt. In addition, custom board names are dropped in favor
of the generic script which takes the compatible.

Use the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable to store the compatible where it
deviates from the device name, so we can use it in build recipes.

While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
186569e2e8 at91: Refresh kernel config
This was done by running:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker M
0d0a0d6649 at91: change dtb file path
Changing dtb file path since the dtb files are build in KDIR folder
with image- prefix.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[remove commented lines]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker M
a070e2ee42 at91: bump linux version to 5.4
Move patches to 5.4, put config only in subtarget directories.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[refresh patches, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
81ac2a73bc layerscape: add flashing manual for LS1012FRDM
LS1012FRDM is supported but there's no flashing instruction in README.

This patch adds it.

While at it, add a missing saveenv for MAC address setup.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[add comment about saveenv]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 16:42:21 +02:00
Linus Walleij
8735997686 kernel: backport RTL8366RB patches
These upstream patches makes the RTL8366RB DSA switch work
properly with OpenWrt, the D-Link DIR-685 gets network and
can be used as a router, and the same should be applicable
for any other device that want to enable the RTL8366RB
through Device Tree.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2020-08-24 18:53:59 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
36aa27189a kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.60
Deleted upstream patches:
  generic:
    041-genirq-affinity-Make-affinity-setting-if-activated-o.patch
  ipq806x:
    093-5-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Define-some-PARF-params-needed-for-ipq8064-SoC.patch
    093-6-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-support-for-tx-term-offset-for-rev-2_1_0.patch

Merged manually:
  ipq806x:
    093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
  layerscape:
    804-crypto-0016-MLKU-114-1-crypto-caam-reduce-page-0-regs-access-to-.patch

Build-tested: ath79/generic, ipq806x, layerscape/armv7, layerscape/armv8_64b
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 17:33:58 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cc501ab021 kernel: set WATCHDOG_CORE dependency in kmod-hwmon-sch5627
For many target we have added CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to the target
config due to the following error:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
 libraries:
 watchdog.ko

However, actually the proper way appears to be setting the
dependency for the kmod-hwmon-sch5627 package, as the error message
demands.

Do this in this patch and remove the target config entries added
due to this issue.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 14:09:11 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
58d2bd88ae ipq806x: replace pci patchset with upstream version
Changes:
- Update patches
- Update dts with new binding
    Tx term offset dropped and replaced with a new compatible

Removed:
- 0071-5-PCI-qcom-Programming-the-PCIE-iATU-for-IPQ806x
    Pci init does the same exact thing (was needed in older kernel version)
- 0071-7-pcie-Set-PCIE-MRRS-and-MPS-to-256B
    Rejected upstream, can't find any reason to have this. No regression with
    testing it on R7800.

Tested on R7800 (ipq8065), R7500 v2 ("ipq8064-v2")

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
[rebase and refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 14:09:11 +02:00
Rustam Gaptulin
b2f19d3ef7 ramips: mt7621: use lzma-loader for ZBT-WG3526
The wg3526 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the wg3526-16m
and wg3526-32m.

Fixes: FS#3143

Signed-off-by: Rustam Gaptulin <rascal6@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 00:18:43 +02:00
Paul Spooren
8c9a788172
build: SDK/IB reproducible and faster compression
Both IB and SDK now use the same logic for packing.

This commit add reproducible multithread compression to the SDK and
corrects the file mtime for both. Previously all files where just copied
over from the build system, generating random mtimes.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-08-23 18:55:49 +02:00
Joe Mullally
685d2513b5 ath79: fix/improve LED control for TL-WPA8630 v1/v2
The TL-WPA8630 v1 and v2 have the same LED Control GPIO configuration
according to the TP-Link GPL sources. Set the GPIO to output to make
it work and set to Active Low. It defaults to LEDs on at bootup.

To turn all LEDs off:
  echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
To turn all LEDs on:
  echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value

Change the "LED" button from BTN_0 to KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE to match other
devices and the button guide, and to reduce the number of unintuitive
"BTN_X" inputs.

Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")

Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-22 15:13:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
441b36236f ipq806x: create shared DTSI for EA7500 v1 and EA8500
Most of the definitions for the two devices are shared, so put
them in a shared DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-22 14:20:25 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
f51f18e099 kernel: add patch that adds support for running threaded NAPI poll functions
This is helps on workloads with CPU intensive poll functions (e.g. 802.11)
on multicore systems

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-22 07:02:01 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3f69f7dd84 uml: update to linux 5.4
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-22 07:02:01 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
9c5128854e kernel: backport a fix for a regression that broke IRQ affinity on ARM
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-21 20:44:53 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
734a8c46e7 ramips: remove legacy ethernet driver components for mt7621
The mt7621 subtarget has been switched to DSA quite a while ago and
seems to run sufficiently fine. Build with older kernels than 5.4 has
been disabled directly during the kernel bump, so our local ethernet
driver is unused in master since then.

Therefore, let's remove the mt7621-specific parts of "our" ethernet
driver, so we don't have to maintain them and it's obvious to
everybody that they are not used anymore.

This also drops the offloading components as this was specifically
implemented to depend on mt7621.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 15:46:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
373d4cc360 pistachio: use generic diag.sh
Remove local diag.sh in favor of generic one and add the required
led-* aliases to DTS.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2549d1dd77 pistachio: use vendor_model scheme for device/image name
This uses the vendor_model scheme for the device/image name in
order to make this consistent to most other targets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
5fa0e32698 pistachio: Add kmod-ca8210 wpan-tools by default
A ca8210 chip is soldered onto the board, add the driver by default.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3f07a06b3b pistachio: Add SC16IS7XX device driver
This device is used to control extra UARTs and LEDs on the board.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
0d81afe3df pistachio: Add extra devices to dts file
This adds some extra devices to the DTS file.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
d2b63647cc pistachio: Add mtd device name from dts
Parse the "linux,mtd-name" property also for SPI NAND flashes.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
bdc7d9691d pistachio: Fix Null pointer access in pwm-img.c
This fixes a crash when booting the board.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3cd9219e5e pistachio: Make patches and configuration apply on to of 5.4
This refreshes the patches, removes patches already applied upstream and
removes the SPI NAND framework to use the upstream version.

In addition it also refreshes the kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4291a0d58a pistachio: Copy kernel 4.14 to 5.4
This only copies the patches and configuration without doing any
modification to the files.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
aefa9d39c3 kernel: Add GigaDevice GD5F4GQ4xC SPI NAND flash
This flash was found on the Imagination Technologies Creator Ci40 (Marduk).

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
eb531337a7 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1. It is basically a
re-issue of the v1.2.

Specifications:

SoC:       Atheros AR9331
CPU:       400 MHz
Flash:     8 MiB
RAM:       32 MiB
WiFi:      2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet:  2x 100M ports
USB:       1x 2.0

The only difference from the v1 is the TP-Link hardware ID/revision.

Attention:
The TL-WR710N v2.0 (!) has only 4 MB flash and cannot be flashed with
this image. It has a different TPLINK_HWREV, so accidental flashing
of the factory image should be impossible without additional measures.

Unfortunately, the v2.0 in ar71xx has the same board name, so sysupgrade
from ar71xx v2.0 into ath79 v1/v2.1 will not be prevented, but will brick
the device.

Flashing instruction:

Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI upgrade mechanism.

Further notes:

To make implementation easier if somebody desires to port the 4M v2.0,
this already creates two DTSI files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Fabian Eppig <fabian@eppig.de>
2020-08-21 11:34:55 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
14ae431c83 lantiq: remove vmmc node from FritzBox 7412 dts
As described in commit commit 891a700759 ("lantiq: enable second VPE
on Fritz!Box 7412"):

 The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
 rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.

We can remove last traces of vmmc in dts.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-08-20 23:45:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
83b1e40561 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.59
Removed since added upstream:
  bcm27xx:
    950-0428-staging-vchiq_arm-Add-a-matching-unregister-call.patch
  lantiq:
    0800-spi-lantiq-ssc-Fix-warning-by-using-WQ_MEM_RECLAI.patch

Manually adjusted patches:
  layerscape:
    801-audio-0005-Revert-ASoC-fsl_sai-Add-support-for-SAI-new-version.patch

Build-tested: ath79/generic, ramips, lantiq/xrx200, lantiq/xway,
   mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), layerscape (LS1012A-FRDM, LS1046A-RDB)

Building on layerscape is only possible with workaround from PR #3179.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
Tested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com> [layerscape]
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cf7c101135 layerscape: remove useless pairs of kernel patches
The layerscape kernel patches appears to be just some uncleaned local
development tree, where patches are sometimes directly followed by
their revert. While this does not seem a problem in the first place,
it becomes incredibly unpleasant when the upstream kernel changes in
the relevant areas and requires rebase.

This removes all these patch-revert pairs and refreshs the rest.

It removes about 44000 lines of entirely useless code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
a14f5bb4bd treewide: use wpad-basic-wolfssl as default
In order to support SAE/WPA3-Personal in default images. Replace almost
all occurencies of wpad-basic and wpad-mini with wpad-basic-wolfssl for
consistency. Keep out ar71xx from the list as it won't be in the next
release and would only make backports harder.

Build-tested (build-bot settings):
ath79: generic, ramips: mt7620/mt76x8/rt305x, lantiq: xrx200/xway,
sunxi: a53

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cc75344044 bcm27xx: remove no-op patch pair
Patch 1 introduces a change, and patch 2 reverts it again. Remove
both patches and achieve the same outcome.

Refreshed patches for the target as well.

Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
John Audia
da98603597 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.58
This PR is a blend of several kernel bumps authored by ldir taken from his
staging tree w/ some further adjustments made by me and update_kernel.sh

Summary:
Deleted upstreamed patches:
  generic:
    742-v5.5-net-sfp-add-support-for-module-quirks.patch
    743-v5.5-net-sfp-add-some-quirks-for-GPON-modules.patch
  bcm63xx:
    022-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-correctly-verify-erased-pages.patch
    024-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-CS0-layout.patch
  mediatek:
    0402-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-Always-call-mtk_gmac0_rgmii.patch

Deleted patches applied differently upstream:
  generic:
    641-sch_cake-fix-IP-protocol-handling-in-the-presence-of.patch

Manually merged patches:
  generic:
    395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-of-skb-hash-where-appropriate.patch
  bcm27xx:
    950-0132-lan78xx-Debounce-link-events-to-minimize-poll-storm.patch
  layerscape:
    701-net-0231-enetc-Use-DT-protocol-information-to-set-up-the-port.patch

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2708, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
  imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-By: Lucian Cristian <Lucian.cristian@gmail.com> [mvebu]
Tested-By: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
[do not remove 395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-... patch,
adjust and refresh patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
2020-08-18 18:14:54 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
2cac31223d ath79: mikrotik: erase firmware on SPI NOR before install
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when
flashing from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a
kernel signature) can trigger a boot loop.

When booted from initramfs (the only way to install OpenWRT on these
devices), this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in
the do_upgrade() stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.

This is forward-ported from ed49d0876 and 20452a8db

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-08-18 12:24:12 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
d0498872ff generic: platform/mikrotik: fix incorrect test
The test is meant to check the result of the preceding kmalloc()

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-08-18 12:00:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5388c72517 Revert "bcm53xx: remove useless echo in 02_network"
This reverts commit b1f6a5d9df.

In this particular case, the echo command was _not_ useless, but
converted the newlines back to spaces.

Add a comment into the code to make that obvious for the next one
looking at it like me.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-18 11:46:59 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b1f6a5d9df bcm53xx: remove useless echo in 02_network
The output is already produced in the inner $() brackets, no need
to catch and echo it again.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:16:58 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
84fc80dd66 rockchip: remove useless echo in 40-net-smp-affinity
The command in the $() brackets will already provide the same output.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:13:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1a75443964 apm821xx: tidy up 10-fix-wifi-mac
This applies some cosmetic style fixes:
- remove useless echo
- remove double equal sign (specific to bash)
- add quotes for -n check

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:09:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e329e71c69 ath79: fix syntax error in ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi
The node needs to be terminated by a semicolon.

Fixes: 8484a764df ("ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is
enabled in DT")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 18:26:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48c3d5c884 ath79: change WPS to Wifi button on TL-WPA8630P v2
Both TL-WPA8630(P) v1 and v2 feature a button labelled "WiFi".
While this is implemented as KEY_RFKILL for v1 in ar71xx and ath79,
the v2 sets it up as WPS button.

According to the manual, the behavior in OEM firmware is:
"Press and hold the button for 1 second to copy wireless settings
from the main router to the extender. Go to Wi-Fi Clone for more
information. Press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds to
turn the wireless function on or off."

Consequently, and since this is historic behavior on v1 in OpenWrt,
we set this button to KEY_RFKILL on both revisions.

Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:25:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
57e029ba57 ipq806x: move further common nodes to the DTSI files
The moves a few additional common nodes to the common DTSI files
for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0 and qcom-ipq8065 devices.

Remove a few redundant definitions on the way.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:25:11 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8484a764df ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is enabled in DT
On ar7240/ar7241 the mdioX node with the builtin-switch is enabled
in the DTSI files, but the parent ethX node is left disabled. It
only gets enabled per device or device family, and has not been
enabled at all yet for the TP-Link WA devices with ar7240, making
the switch unavailable there.

This patch makes sure &eth0/&eth1 nodes are enabled together with
the &mdio0/&mdio1 nodes containing the builtin-switch.
For ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi, &eth0 is properly hidden again via
  compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";

This partially fixes FS#2887, however it seems dmesg still does
not show cable (dis)connect in dmesg for ar7240 TP-Link WA
devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:19:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
03cdbb2040 ramips: fix LED labels for Asus RT-AC65P
The leds block was copied over from the RT-AC85P DTS to the common
DTSI while keeping the device-specific model name in the label.

This moves the LEDs back to the DTS files and adjusts the names to
properly resemble the model name of the devices used at, just like
it is handled on most other devices.

Fixes: 7c5f712e4f ("ramips: add support for Asus RT-AC65P")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:00:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e38d89ea55 at91: drop obsolete empty Makefiles
This files have been emptied during subtarget consolidation, but
not removed. Remove them now.

Fixes: aff084adf3 ("at91: Merge SAMA5 subtargets")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 01:22:36 +02:00
Donald Hoskins
eadb1a9437 octeon: add support for Itus Shield Router
Itus Networks Shield - 1Ghz dual-core mips64 / Cavium Octeon 3 SoC,
1Gb RAM, 4Gb eMMC,3 GbE 10/100/1000 ports

Information regarding device can be found:
https://deviwiki.com/wiki/Itus_Networks_Shield_Pro

Installing OpenWrt on Itus Networks Shield:

1) Boot Shield
2) On device: mount /dev/mmcblk1p1 /mnt
3) scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin to
   /mnt/ItusrouterImage
3a) Optionally: scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin
    to /mnt/ItusgatewayImage to allow you to have an emergency recovery
    boot in the GATEWAY slot - this slot will have no permament storage and
    is used for emergency recovery only when booted in the (G)ateway
    position
4) On device: umount /mnt
5) reboot

Once booted, run the sysupgrade via cli or luCi on the
openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar file the mode
you are running.

Once rebooted, the system installation is complete. Your storage partition
for the mode is inialized and set.

Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[cut out sysupgrade-* changes, move a few lines,
drop case CVMX_BOARD_TYPE_ITUS_SHIELD]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 02:15:06 +02:00
Donald Hoskins
591767fc01 octeon: determine sysupgrade-* directory for upgrade automatically
So far, the sysupgrade-* folder used during upgrade in octeon was
hardcoded to contain the board name. Therefore, changing board name
or BOARD_NAME variable in image/Makefile might have broken upgrade.

Improve this by adding a step to determine the folder name via
a wildcard, as it is done for generic nand_upgrade_tar() in
lib/upgrade/nand.sh.

While this still does not remove the problem for existing devices
(which still have the old script), it will entirely remove the
issue on newly added devices on this platform.

Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[split into separate patch, add commit message, add return values]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 02:14:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d43b963b3d bcm63xx: reorganize board patches
This renames board patches to make finding devices easier
and reorders them based on their board.

The devices are grouped based on the board/cpu_id. New device
patches should be numbered based on their group.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 01:03:39 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
ebf71533f9 ath79: add support for ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC
ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC is a dual-band wireless access point.

Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
      5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8035-A, PoE capable (802.3at)
LEDS: 5x, which four are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header near Mini PCIe card, starting count from white
      triangle on PCB
      1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
      baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none

MAC addresses
Calibration data does not contain valid MAC addresses.
The calculated MAC addresses are chosen in accordance with OEM firmware.

Because of:
a) constrained environment (SNMP) when connecting through Telnet
   or SSH,
b) hard-coded kernel and rootfs sizes,
c) checksum verification of kerenel and rootfs images in bootloder,

creating factory image accepted by OEM web interface is difficult,
therefore, to install OpenWrt on this device UART connection is needed.
The teardown is simple, unscrew four screws to disassemble the casing,
plus two screws to separate mainboard from the casing.
Before flashing, be sure to have a copy of factory firmware, in case You
wish to revert to original firmware.

Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to LAN port.
3. Connect to UART port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Alter U-Boot environment with following commands:
    setenv failsafe_boot bootm 0x9f0a0000
    saveenv
6. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
   'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
    tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
    bootm 0x81000000
7. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
8. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
   with:
    sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
9. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
   minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
   configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[add MAC address comment to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-15 15:58:39 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
2932b4d05e kernel: mips: fix init crash/bootloop on 64-bit systems
The malta subtargets for mips64 and mips64el fail to start the init process
at boot, resulting in a boot loop. The issue was raised and analyzed within
FS#3277. Investigation suggested code near the [vdso] memory area of the
process was long jumping into a region inaccessible to the process, e.g.

 init: - preinit -
 init: Launched preinit instance, pid=522
 do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to init for invalid read access from 0000000000000360
 epc = 0000000000000360 in init[aaab42b000+4000]
 ra  = 000000fffee385e0 in
 Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x0000000b
 Rebooting in 1 seconds..

Note the low-memory read access and epc are the same. Upstream kernel 5.6
included a relevant patch and discussion:

  * d3f703c4359f ("mips: vdso: fix 'jalr t9' crash in vdso code")

Disassembly of the failing kernel's vdso.so confirmed presence of the
telltale long jumps, e.g.:

00000000000007c0 <__vdso_clock_getres@@LINUX_2.6>:
 [...]
 7dc:   0320f809        jalr    t9
 [...]

Restore booting mips64/mips64el malta by backporting the above commit:
  * 310-v5.6-mips-vdso-fix-jalr-t9-crash-in-vdso-code.patch

Fixes: 54310a3aa0 ("malta: add kernel 5.4 config")
Fixes: FS#3277
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3277

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2020-08-15 00:04:59 +08:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7ef7dbaf70 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1
This ports the TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1 from ar71xx to ath79.

Specifications:

SoC: QCA9563
CPU: 750 MHz
Flash/RAM: 8 / 128 MiB
Ethernet: 3x 1G ports (QCA8337 switch)
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac (ath10k)

Buttons, LEDs and network setup appear to be almost identical
to the v2 revision.

Powerline interface is connected to switch port 5 (Label LAN4).

Installation:

No "fresh" device was available for testing the factory image.

It is not known whether flashing via OEM firmware GUI is possible
or not. A discussion from 2018 [1] about that indicates a few
adjustments are necessary, but it is not clear whether those
are already implemented with the TPLINK_HEADER_VERSION = 2 or not.

Note that for the TL-WPA8630P v1, the TPLINK_HWID needs to be
changed to 0x86310001 to allow factory flashing.

[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/solved-tl-wpa8630p-lede-does-not-install/8161/27

Recovery:

Recovery is only possible via serial.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 20:43:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
488da882f5 mpc85xx: tidy up 10-fix-wifi-mac
This applies some cosmetic style fixes, mostly by removing useless
echo commands.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 20:29:20 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ef765ceb09 ath79/mikrotik: add function for loading ath9k caldata
The commands to read ath9k caldata on mikrotik subtarget are
mostly repetitive, so let's put them into a function to make
writing and reading them easier.

This function will only be required when patching the MAC address.
For cases where it is put correctly into the calibration data by
the vendor, caldata_sysfsload_from_file can be used directly as
done for ath10k at the moment.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
John Thomson
74438d5419 ramips: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS (hEX S)
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS router.
It is similar to the already supported RouterBOARD 750Gr3.
The 760iGS device features an added SFP cage, and passive
PoE out on port 5 compared to the RB750Gr3.

https://mikrotik.com/product/hex_s

Specifications:

- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- CPU: 880MHz
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM:  256 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- SFP cage
- USB port
- microSD slot

Unsupported:

- Beeper (requires PWM driver)
- ZT2046Q (ADS7846 compatible) on SPI as slave 1 (CS1)
  The linux driver requires an interrupt, and pendown GPIO
  These are unknown, and not needed with the touchscreen
  only used for temperature and voltage monitoring.
  ads7846 hwmon:
  temp0 is degrees Celsius
  temp1 is voltage * 32

GPIOs:

- 07:  input passive PoE out (lan5) compatible (Mikrotik) device connected
- 17:  output passive PoE out (lan5) switch

Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common

To boot to intramfs image in RAM:

1. Setup TFTP server to serve intramfs image.
2. Plug Ethernet cable into WAN port.
3. Unplug power, hold reset button and plug power in.
   Wait (~25 seconds) for beep and then release reset button.
   The SFP LED will be lit in RouterBoot, but will not be lit in OpenWRT.
4. Wait for a minute. Router should be running OpenWrt,
   check by plugging in to port 2-5 and going to 192.168.1.1.

To install OpenWrt to flash:

1. Follow steps above to boot intramfs image in RAM.
2. Flash the sysupgrade.bin image with web interface or sysupgrade.
3. Once the router reboots you will be running OpenWrt from flash.

OEM firmware differences:

- RouterOS assigns a different MAC address for each port
- The first address (E01 on the sticker) is used for wan (ether1 in OEM).
- The next address is used for lan2.
- The last address (E06 on the sticker) is used for sfp.

[Initial port work, shared dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Vince Grassia <vincenzo.grassia@zionark.com>
[SFP support and GPIO identification]
Signed-off-by: Luka Logar <luka.logar@iname.com>
[Misc. fixes and submission]
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[rebase, drop uart3 from state_default on 750gr3, minor commit
title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ddf3e5c22d ramips/mt7621: create common DTSI for Mikrotik devices
This moves some common definitions for Mikrotik devices, mainly
routerboot partitions and reset key, to a common DTSI file.

While at it, remove unused hard_config DT label.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
John Thomson
2d9db93397 ramips: use gpio-export for Mikrotik RouterBOARD 750Gr3 beeper
This beeper hardware requires a PWM driver for frequency selection.
Since the GPIO driver does not provide that, revert the beeper
support to a simple gpio-export.

This effectively reverts the corresponding changes from
6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")

Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
87e92d50e5 kernel: usb: move phy-qcom-ipq806x-usb to ipq806x modules.mk
This driver is only used by ipq806x SoCs. Move it there and drop
dependency from ipq40xx since it's not used anywere.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[rebase on changes to previous patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
35d1f05094 ipq806x: replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Update compatible

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches, minor commit message rewording]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
0c45ad41e1 ipq806x: replace phy dwc3 patch with upstream version
- Replace dwc3 phy patch with upstream version
- Rework the dts to use the upstream bindings
- Update changed config flags
- Rename module to reflect config name

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[fix qcom,tx-deamp_3_5db typo, refresh patches, rename kmod]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e7f40dff3 ath79: routerboard-92x: ensure explicit bios size in DTSI
The missing "size" property was acceptable in the context of a single
DTS as the underlying device is known to have a 64KB flash, and thus
the bios partition fit exactly between the preceding and following ones.

However as this block has moved in a DTSI, for the sake of clarity and
explicitness the size property is added to ensure that if the flash
happens to be larger than expected, the bios partition remains properly
sized.

Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 16:49:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5dc74ad7f3 ath79: harmonize appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes
This harmonizes the appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes by:
- having the same order of nodes and properties
- removing redundant status property on eth1 (set in qca953x.dtsi)

This is meant to help both copy-pasters and reviewers, since
deviations and errors can be spotted easier.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:44:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
92b4f16bab kernel: add CGROUPS and IOSCHED_BFQ back to config
After those symbols have been removed from generic kernel config,
they were added to the target config during every kernel config
refresh. As that's not desirable, add them back to the generic
config.

Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Fixes: cfe235c436 ("kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
151e43df7a ath79: add support for MikroTik SXT 5nD r2 (SXT Lite5)
The MikroTik SXT Lite5 (product code RBSXT5nDr2, also SXT 5nD r2) is
an outdoor 5GHz CPE with a 16 dBi integrated antenna built around the
Atheros AR9344 SoC. It is based on the "sxt5n" board platform.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Atheros AR9344
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 128 MB NAND
 - Wireless: Atheros AR9340 (SoC) 802.11a/n 2x2:2
 - Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 switch (SoC), 1x 10/100 port,
    8-32 Vdc PoE in
 - 6 user-controllable LEDs:
  · 1x power (blue)
  · 1x wlan (green)
  · 4x rssi (green)
 - 1 GPIO-controlled buzzer

 See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBSXT5nDr2 for more details.

Notes:
 The device was already supported in the ar71xx target. There, the
 Ethernet port was handled by GMAC1. Here in ath79 it is handled by
 GMAC0, which allows to get link information (loss, speed, duplex) on
 the eth0 interface.

Flashing:
 TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
 MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.

Acknowledgments:
 Michael Pratt (@mpratt14) for helping on the network settings.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, use mikrotik LED label prefix, make names consistent,
add reg for bootloader2, use led_user for boot indication etc.,
minor cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Sven Roederer
b2e1f7101d ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s
The MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s (mANTBox 15s) is an outdoor
antenna for 5 GHz with an built-in router. This ports the board from
ar71xx.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
 - RAM: 128 MB
 - Storage: 128 MB NAND
 - Wireless: external QCA9892 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
 - Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
 - SFP: 1x host

Working:
 - NAND storage detection
 - Ethernet
 - Wireless
 - 1x user LED (blinks during boot, sysupgrade)
 - Reset button
 - Sysupgrade

Untested:
 - SFP cage (probably not working)

Installation (untested):
 - Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image

As the embedded RB921-pcb is a stripped down version of the RB922 this patch
adds a common dtsi for this series and includes this to the final dts-files.

Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[move ath10k-leds closer to ath10k definition in DTS files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
7a705c067f ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD
The MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD (sold as LHG 2) is a 2.4 GHz
802.11b/g/n outdoor device with a feed and an integrated dual
polarization grid dish antenna based on the LHG-HB platform.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/lhg_2 for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 16 MB NOR
 - Wireless: Atheros AR9531 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 18 dBi antenna
 - Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 (SoC), 1x 10/100 port, 12-28 Vdc PoE in
 - 8 user-controllable LEDs:
   · 1x power (blue)
   · 1x user (green)
   · 1x lan (green)
   · 1x wlan (green)
   · 4x rssi (green)

Note:
 The rssihigh LED is disabled, as it shares GPIO 16 with the reset
 button.

Flashing:
 TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
 MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, remove rssiled setup, adjust commit message, add DTSIs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
ed19ba04e8 mediatek: disable btif in device tree to make the WMAC work again
btif and wmac access the same resources and at the moment enabling one
breaks the other

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-12 13:02:13 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
74a66c0204 mediatek: fix PCI device tree node for elecom wrc-2533gent
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-12 13:02:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d0cb71a896 bcm47xx: use vendor_model scheme for device/image names
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.

Apply this to bcm47xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 11:08:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
683bcbdce1 bcm53xx: use vendor_model scheme for device/image names
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.

Apply this to bcm53xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 11:08:05 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c43af7a6cb kernel: Fix cake patch for kernel 4.19.138
This fixes the following build problem with cake:
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c: In function 'tcf_ctinfo_act':
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c:99:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'tc_skb_protocol'; did you mean 'skb_protocol'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
  if (tc_skb_protocol(skb) == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
      ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
      skb_protocol
  CC [M]  net/sched/sch_hfsc.o

Fixes: fdac05b741 ("kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-11 21:11:53 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2e8785d68c kernel: Create UBIFS v5 volume
In commit 87b35c16ad ("kernel: ubifs: create use file system format 4
by default") we changed the default UBIFS version used when the kernel
creates a new volume from 5 to 4. UBIFS v5 was added in kernel 4.10 and
only kernel 4.10 and later can read it.
We changed the kernel to create version 4 volumes also on more recent
kernel versions to make it possible to downgrade to an OpenWrt version
with kernel 4.9, the upgrade still works. This is probably not needed
any more and we can remove this patch.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-11 21:11:53 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
a5a0b3f1d0 bcm63xx: switch to upstream CFE detection patch
This patch has been merged in linux 5.9.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-11 08:04:40 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
da4651833c malta: disable unnecessary built-in CDROM support
The CDROM is not needed for booting and can be included by selecting the
loadable module as a package instead.

This also avoids triggering a memory allocation failure during probing of
the CDROM due to lack of low 16MB DMA memory, as decribed in FS#3278:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3278

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Link: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3289
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-08-11 11:25:42 +08:00
Daniel Golle
5793112f75 oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space
After years of trying to find the reason for random kernel crashes
while both CPU and SATA are under load it has been found.
Some odd commented-out #defines in kref's single-port driver [1] which
were copied from the vendor driver made me develop a theory:
The IO-mapped memory area for DMA descriptors apparetly got some holes
just before the alignment boundaries.
This feels like an off-by-one bug in the hardware or maybe those fields
are used internally by the SATA controller's firmware.
Whatever the cause is: they cannot be used and trying to use them
results in reading back unexpected stuff and ends up with oopsing
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address d085c004

Work around the issue by reducing the area used for bmdma descriptors.
This reduces SATA performance (iops) quite a bit, but finally makes
things work reliably. Possibly one could optimize this much more by
really just skipping the holes in that memory area -- however, that
seems to be non-trivial with the driver and libata in it's current form
(suggestions are welcome).
The 'proper' way to have good SATA performance would be to make use of
the hardware RAID features (one can use the JBOD mode to access even
just a single disc transparently through the RAID controller integrated
in the SATA host instead of accessing the SATA ports 'raw' as we do
now).

[1]: https://github.com/kref/linux-oxnas/blob/master/drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c#L25

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-11 00:16:04 +01:00
Christoph Krapp
0af656e978 ar71xx: fix ZyXEL NBG6616 wifi switch
The device uses a rf-kill switch instead of a button. Furthermore the
GPIO is active high.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
2020-08-11 01:12:22 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b35c54227b kernel: Move CONFIG_IONIC to generic kernel config
It is deactivated everywhere, just set this in the generic config.

Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 23:58:58 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
eafdd1a0fc malta: Refresh kernel configuration
This refreshes the kernel configuration on top of kernel 5.4.
It now builds without asking to select some kernel options on all 4
subtargets.
It still does not boot up, there is a different problem.

Tested-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 23:58:58 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2f3d7abccd kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.193
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 19:34:37 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
fdac05b741 kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138
Compile and run tested on lantiq/xrx200

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 19:34:37 +02:00
Christoph Krapp
459c8c9ef8 ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6616
Specifications:

  SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
  RAM: 128 MB (Nanya NT5TU32M16EG-AC)
  Flash: 16 MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
  Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
  Wireless: QCA9557 2.4GHz (nbg), QCA9882 5GHz (ac)
  USB: 2x USB 2.0 port
  Buttons: 1x Reset
  Switches: 1x Wifi
  LEDs: 11 (Pwr, WAN, 4x LAN, 2x Wifi, 2x USB, WPS)

MAC addresses:

WAN *:3f uboot-env ethaddr + 3
LAN *:3e uboot-env ethaddr + 2
2.4GHz *:3c uboot-env ethaddr
5GHz *:3d uboot-env ethaddr + 1

The label contains all four MAC addresses, however the one without
increment is first, so this one is taken for label MAC address.

Notes:

The Wifi is controlled by an on/off button, i.e. has to be implemented
by a switch (EV_SW). Despite, it appears that GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH needs
to be used, just like recently fixed for the NBG6716.
Both parameters have been wrong at ar71xx.

Flash Instructions:

At first the U-Boot variables need to be changed in order to boot the
new combined image format. ZyXEL uses a split kernel + root setup and
the current kernel is too large to fit into the partition. As resizing
didnt do the trick, I've decided to use the prefered combined image
approach to be future-kernel-enlargement-proof (thanks to blocktrron for
the assistance).

First add a new variable called boot_openwrt:
setenv boot_openwrt bootm 0x9F120000

After that overwrite the bootcmd and save the environment:
setenv bootcmd run boot_openwrt
saveenv

After that you can flash the openwrt factory image via TFTP. The servers
IP has to be 192.168.1.33. Connect to one of the LAN ports and hold the
WPS Button while booting. After a few seconds the NBG6616 will look for
a image file called 'ras.bin' and flash it.

Return to vendor firmware is possible by resetting the bootcmd:
setenv bootcmd run boot_flash
saveenv
and flashing the vendor image via the TFTP method as described above.

Accessing the U-Boot Shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:

|    Hit any key to stop autoboot:  3

The user is then dropped to a locked shell.

| NBG6616> ?
| ATEN	x,(y)     set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
| ATSE	x         show the seed of password generator
| ATSH	          dump manufacturer related data in ROM
| ATRT	(x,y,z,u) ATRT RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations
| ATGO	          boot up whole system
| ATUR	x         upgrade RAS image (filename)

In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!

First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.

| NBG6616> ATSE NBG6616
| 00C91D7EAC3C

This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):

- tool.sh -
ror32() {
  echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -

| # bash ./tool.sh 00C91D7EAC3C
| ATEN 1,10FDFF5

Copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.

| NBG6616> ATEN 1,10FDFF5

If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.

| NBG6616> ATGU
| NBG6616#

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[move keys to DTSI, adjust usb_power DT label, remove kernel config
change, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 18:37:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d4ac0ad543 treewide: make dependency on kmod-usb-net selective
A bunch of kernel modules depends on kmod-usb-net, but does not
select it. Make AddDepends/usb-net selective, so we can drop
some redundant +kmod-usb-net definitions for DEVICE_PACKAGES.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:54:30 +02:00
Nicholas Smith
c00b8dcf72 ath79: add support for Telco T1
Description:
    2x 100Mbps Etherent ports
    24V passive PoE
    64MB RAM
    16MB Flash
    2.4GHz WiFi
    1x WiFi antenna (RP-SMA connector)
    1x LTE antenna (SMA connector)
    Sierra Wireless MC7430 LTE modem

Flash instructions:
    Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
    Flash using sysupgrade -n

SUPPORTED_DEVICES is added to support factory firmware.

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Smith <nicholas.smith@telcoantennas.com.au>
[add missing led_rssi0 DT label, add SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:49:29 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
37df722266 ath79: increase spi frequency on TL-WDR3500/3600/4300/4310
SPI Flash chip supports up to 33 MHz wihout fast read opcode.
Available frequencies are 112.5, 56.25, 37.5, 28.125, 22.5 etc.
This patch increases the nominal maximum frequency to 33 MHz,
reaching an effective increase from 22.5 to 28.125 MHz.

Formula to calculate SPI frequency:
Freq = 225 MHz / 2 / div

Before:

$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real	0m 3.58s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 3.57s

After:

$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real	0m 2.95s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 2.93s

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:43:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
04b99d9539 ramips/mt7628: fix portmap based on board.d port assignment
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, a few
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.

The corrects the values for mt76x8 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.

A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
7a387bf9a0 ("ramips: mt76x8: fix bogus mediatek,portmap")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:33:38 +02:00
Andreas Böhler
ab74def0db ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2
The TL-WPA8630P v2 is a HomePlug AV2 compatible device with a QCA9563 SoC
and 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi modules.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

MAC address assignment
----------------------

WiFi 2.4GHz and LAN share the same MAC address as printed on the label.
5GHz WiFi uses LAN-1, based on assumptions from similar devices.

LAN Port assignment
-------------------

While there are 3 physical LAN ports on the device, there will be 4
visible ports in OpenWrt. The fourth port (internal port 5) is used
by the PowerLine Communication SoC and thus treated like a regular
LAN port.

Versions
--------

Note that both TL-WPA8630 and TL-WPA8630P, as well as the different
country-versions, differ in partitioning, and therefore shouldn't be
cross-flashed.

This adds support for the two known partitioning variants of the
TL-WPA8630P, where the variants can be safely distinguished via the
tplink-safeloader SupportList. For the non-P variants (TL-WPA8630),
at least two additional partitioning schemes exist, and the same
SupportList entry can have different partitioning.
Thus, we don't support those officially (yet).

Also note that the P version for Germany (DE) requires the international
image version, but is properly protected by SupportList.

In any case, please check the OpenWrt Wiki pages for the device
before flashing anything!

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Additional thanks to Jon Davies and Joe Mullally for bringing
order into the partitioning mess.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[minor DTS adjustments, add label-mac-device, drop chosen, move
common partitions to DTSI, rename de to int, add AU support strings,
adjust TPLINK_BOARD_ID, create common node in generic-tp-link.mk,
adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 11:48:08 +02:00
Daniel Golle
cfe235c436 kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-10 09:52:31 +01:00
Christoph Krapp
982c1f6e42 ar71xx: change u-boot-env to read-write for ZyXEL NBG6616
As the ath79 port of this device uses a combined kernel + root
partition the uboot bootcmd variable needs to be changed. As using
cli/luci is more convenient than opening up the case and using a uart
connection, lets unlock the uboot-env partition for write access.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
2020-08-09 23:57:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5d8fded26a kernel: add missing config symbols
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-09 14:01:52 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e81e625ca3 treewide: add sysupgrade comment for early DSA-adopters
Add a specific comment for early DSA-adopters that they can keep
their config when prompted due to compat-version increase.

This is a temporary solution, the patch should be simply reverted
before any release.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 20:56:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
372529d311 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA901ND v3
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
Most of the hardware is shared with the TL-WA850/860RE v1 range
extenders. It completes the TL-WA901ND series in ath79.

Specifications:
  Board: AP123 / AR9341
  Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
  CPU: 535 MHz
  WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
  Ethernet: 1 port (100M)

Flashing instructions:
  Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.

This has not been tested on device, but port from ar71xx is
straightforward and the device will be disabled by default anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 20:40:48 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
df3ad130d5 ipq806x: replace patches with upstream version
Replace all the custom patches with the backported upstream version

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 18:07:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4f1a51f438 ath79: drop redundant kmods-leds-gpio
The ath79 target has CONFIG_LEDS_GPIO=y set in kernel config, so
no need to pull the kmod-leds-gpio module for specific devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1eac573b53 ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
broken upgrade between swconfig and DSA for ramips' mt7621 subtarget.

In order to make the situation more transparent for the user, and
to prevent large switch-cases for devices, it is more convenient to
have the entire subtarget 1.1-by-default. This means that new devices
will be added with 1.1 from the start, but in contrast we don't need
to switch them in board.d files. Apart from that, users that manually
backport devices to 19.07 with swconfig will have an equivalent
upgrade experience to officially supported devices.

Since DSA support on mt7621 is out for a while already, this applies
the same uci-defaults workaround for early adopters as already
done for kirkwood and mvebu in previous commits.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
86c89bf5e8 kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).

However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple

   uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
   uci commit system

But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".

This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.

In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.

If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a9703db720 mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).

However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple

   uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
   uci commit system

But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".

This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.

In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.

If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
de78747de1 ramips: use lzma-loader for RT5350F-OLinuXino devices
The bootloader fails to extract a big kernel, e.g. v5.4 kernel image
with ALL_KMODS enabled. This can be fixed by using lzma-loader.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
a40ddc2195 ramips: adjust LZMA_TEXT_START for 32MB RAM devices
Currently the lzma-loader is placed in RAM at 32MB offset, which does not
make sense for devices with only 32MB RAM. If we adjust LZMA_TEXT_START to
24MB offset, then the lzma-loader can be used on those devices and still
about 24MB memory will be available for uncompressed image, which should be
enough for most use cases.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1634461bd2 ramips: switch rt288x subtarget to kernel 5.4
The sbutarget has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while
and builds fine, however, only one devices there is > 4 MiB.

Since it's unlikely to get a Tested-by for that device, and the other
ralink subtargets appear to be working with 5.4 so far, let's set
this target to 5.4 by default as well.

That way, even if the device happens to break, we'll still have at
least usable SDK and IB for people to use.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 14:51:20 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7c07a0f4c3 ramips/mt7620: fix portmap based on board.d port assignment
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, many
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.

The corrects the values for mt7620 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.

A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
d3c0a94405 ("ramips: mt7620/mt7621: remove invalid mediatek,portmap")

Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 13:01:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
121c021989 ramips: invert wpad selection for mt7621
For ramips/mt7621, the wpad-basic package is not selected by default,
but added for every device individually as needed.

While this might be technically correct if the SoC does not come with
a Wifi module, only 18 of 97 devices for that platform are set up
_without_ wpad-basic currently.

Therefore, it seems more convenient to add wpad-basic by default for
the subtarget and then just remove it for the 18 mentioned devices,
instead of having to add it for about 60 times instead.

This would also match the behavior of the 5 other subtargets, where
wpad-basic/wpad-mini is added by default as well, and thus be more
obvious to developers without detailed SoC knowledge.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 12:02:19 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
24f7ae814a bcm63xx: add missing endif board comnents
This provides better context for board patches.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 11:09:06 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
0c109df7f0 bcm63xx: merge RTA770BW and RTA770W board patches
The only difference between both boards is the DSL annex.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
eddf863650 bcm63xx: add missing fallback SPROMs
A couple of SPROM IDs are missing.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
fb589b6142 bcm63xx: add missing OHCI nodes
All boards with EHCI enabled should also have OHCI enabled.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
440d5996ef bcm63xx: remove invalid EHCI nodes
There's no EHCI controller on BCM6348.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
81fdb4235e bcm63xx: refactor board patches
Current board patches format is crazy.
Let's try to put some order.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7673df7994 ramips: switch rt3883 subtarget to kernel 5.4
The target has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while,
compiles fine for all devices, and has been run-tested on Asus
RT-N56U successfully.

Let's set it to kernel 5.4 by default to increase the audience
before an 20.xx stable branch.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com> [Asus RT-N56U]
2020-08-06 23:52:57 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
92727a1228 bcm63xx: switch to upstream CFE version detection patch
The patch improving CFE version detection has been merged (linux 5.9).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
f41a40001a bcm63xx: switch to upstream endif comments patch
This allows better context for board patches and we no longer need a
downstream patch for that.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
9fb1d4ce8a bcm63xx: switch to upstream LED patch
The patch adding support for the second LED HW blinking interval has been
merged (linux 5.9).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Daniel Golle
728a0c68d1 Revert "procd: update to git HEAD"
This reverts commit e0e607f0d0.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-06 16:17:37 +01:00
Davy Hollevoet
394f54ee62 ath79/nand: add support for Netgear WNDR4300TN
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300TN, marketed by Belgian ISP
Telenet. The hardware is the same as the WNDR4300 v1, without the
fifth ethernet port (WAN) and the USB port. The circuit board has
the traces, but the components are missing.

Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2.4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 4x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board

Installation:

* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
  + Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
    to http://192.168.0.51/
  + Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
  + Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Telenet
    interface
  + Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
  + Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
    minutes to finish and reboot.

* Flashing through TFTP:
  + Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
    e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
  + Power off the router.
  + Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
    of the device, with the gray circle around it, next to the Telenet logo)
    and turn the router on while keeping the button pressed.
  + The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
    once it switches to flashing green.
  + Transfer the image over TFTP:
    $ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img

Signed-off-by: Davy Hollevoet <github@natox.be>
[use DT label reference for adding LEDs in DTSI files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Shibajee Roy
a673ac66fa ramips: add support for Netgear JWNR2010 v5
Specification:
 - CPU: MediaTek MT7620N (580 MHz)
 - Flash size: 4 MB NOR SPI
 - RAM size: 32 MB DDR1
 - Bootloader: U-Boot
 - Wireless: MT7620N 2x2 MIMO 802.11b/g/n (2.4 GHz)
 - Switch: MT7620 built-in 10/100 switch with vlan support
 - Ports: 4x LAN, 1x WAN
 - Others: 7x LED, Reset button, UART header on PCB (57600 8N1)

Flash instructions:
 1. Use ethernet cable to connect router with PC/Laptop, any router
    LAN port will work.
 2. To flash openwrt we are using nmrpflash[1].
 3. Flash commands:
      First we need to identify the correct Ethernet id.

        nmrpflash -L

        nmrpflash -i net* -f openwrt-ramips-mt7620-netgear_jwnr2010-v5-squashfs-factory.img

      This will show something like "Advertising NMRP server on net*..." (net*, *=1,2,3... etc.)

 4. Now remove the power cable from router back side and immediately connect it again.
    You will see flash notification in CMD window, once it says reboot the device just
    plug off the router and plug in again.

Revert to stock:
 1. Download the stock firmware from official netgear support[2].
 2. Follow the same nmrpflash procedure like above, this time just use the stock firmware.

        nmrpflash -i net* -f N300-V1.1.0.54_1.0.1.img

MAC addresses on stock firmware:
LAN = *:28 (label)
WAN = *:29
WLAN = *:28

On flash, the only valid MAC address is found in factory 0x4.

Special Note:
 This openwrt firmware will also support other netgear N300 routers like below as they
 share same stock firmware[3].
 JNR1010v2 / WNR614 / WNR618 / JWNR2000v5 / WNR2020 / WNR1000v4 / WNR2020v2 / WNR2050

[1] https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
[2] https://www.netgear.com/support/product/JWNR2010v5.aspx
[3] http://kb.netgear.com/000059663

Signed-off-by: Shibajee Roy <ador250@protonmail.com>
[create DTSI, use netgear_sercomm_nor, disable by default, add MAC
addresses to commit message, add label MAC address]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a66449c608 ramips: drop remaining m25p,chunked-io from DTS
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit bcf4a5f474
("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")

Most of it has already been removed in
be2b61e4f1 ("ramips: drop m25p,chunked-io from dts")

It seems all current usages were added after that. Remove them.

Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3b89849b57 ramips: add common definition netgear_sercomm_nor
Like NAND-based devices, SPI-NOR based Netgear devices also share
a common setup for their images. This creates a common defition
for them in image/Makefile, so it can be reused across subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:06 +02:00
Daniel Golle
e0e607f0d0 procd: update to git HEAD
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
 afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
 ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
 759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
 83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
 16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-06 15:27:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
77e850fe76 ramips: tidy up MAC address setup for Linkit Smart and Omega2
Linkit Smart 7688 and Onion Omega 2(+) are one-port devices, and
have their port set to LAN by default. Setting up a WAN MAC address
for them doesn't make any sense, as no wan interface will be created
in uci config. Despite, these devices also set lan_mac in 02_network,
although mtd-mac-address sets a different address for the ethernet
interface in DTS.

Clean this up by moving the lan_mac value into DTS and dropping the
entries in 02_network completely. That way, the effective address
on the LAN interface should stay the same, but we get rid of the
extra (re)assignments.

As I don't have access to the devices, this does not tell anything
about whether 0x2e is actually a good choice, it just preserves
the existing assignment.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Tobias Welz
633ea0db0f ramips: WizFi630S use macs from factory partion
WIZnet WizFi630s has three mac addresses in the factory partition:
0x04 (also on the label), 0x28 for wan mac and 0x2e as lan mac.
All three macadresses are sequential series of addresses.
This is making use of them.

While at it, also add the label MAC address to 02_network.

MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:

use      interface   source
WLAN     ra0         factory 0x04 (label)
WAN      eth0.2      factory 0x28 (label + 1)
LAN      eth0.1      factory 0x2e (label + 2)

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[fix sorting in 02_network, commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Tobias Welz
d0b229f553 ramips: correct WizFi630S pin mappings
WizFi630S had some pins changed in the release version of the board.
The run led, wps button and a slide switch where affected.
This patch is correcting this.
i2c is removed as it is sharing a pin with the run (system) led.
uart2 is enabled as it is also enabled in the OEM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d1db1f4240 ipq40xx: refresh kernel 5.4 config
Refresh config with make kernel_oldconfig.

After d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel
config symbols"), the routine wants to add an additional
CONFIG_CGROUPS (=n), which has been removed manually again, as
this seems unintended.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 12:51:51 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
431b177afa mediatek: fix mt7622-rfb1 board support
Make GPIO keys active-low.
Add DSA support

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-06 12:42:43 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b0f7ea2853 kernel: unify CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS in kernel configs
Enable it for all platforms

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-06 12:37:04 +02:00
Alexey Dobrovolsky
4c73c34ec4 ramips: switch rt305x subtarget to kernel 5.4
RT3x5x seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.

Since 4 of 6 targets are on kernel 5.4 now, invert the kernel
version setup logic in Makefile/target.mk files.

Tested on ZyXEL Keenetic.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[invert version setup logic]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:27:35 +02:00
Tobias Welz
816973f42a ramips: enable flashing WizFi630S via OEM firmware
WIZnet WizFi630s board name is written slightly different it its OEM
OpenWrt firmware. This causes an incompatibility warning during flashing
with sysupgrade. This patch is adding the vendor board name to the
supported devices list to avoid this warning. For initial flashing you
can use sysupgrade via command line or luci beside of TFTP.
Do not keep the OEM configuration during sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7c1c0a00fc ipq806x: use qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi from upstream
This uses upstream qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi and modifies it by patches
instead of keeping a local version. As a consequence:

- we use a part of the shared definitions there and update device
  DTS files accordingly
- we move additional stuff from our local v1.0.dtsi to the patch
- we drop partitions, LEDs and keys from the file as we will
  implement them differently anyway

Like with the previous patch, this follows the idea that a diff
from upstream might be easier to handle than a big file of our
own with different distribution pattern of properties.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b7b7c2a6ad ipq806x: use qcom-ipq8064.dtsi from upstream
Though a qcom-ipq8064.dtsi file exists upstream, we still do overwrite
it with a full version of our own in the ipq806x target. About half of
the contents of our file are upstream content, the other half are local
improvements.

To prevent us from having a lot of code maintained twice in parallel,
this adjusts the target to use the upstream qcom-ipq8064.dtsi. Our
local changes are arranged into three patches, the first pulling a
commit from upstream, the second doing a few small adjustments, and
the third adding all additional stuff.

This should get us the best of both worlds.

The property "ports-implemented" on sata@29000000 is moved to
2nd-level DTSI files as kernel defines it there as well.

While at, rename 080-ARM-dts-qcom-add-gpio-ranges-property.patch to
include the kernel version where it's added upstream.

Even though this might look more complicated in the first place,
the aim is to bring our files closer to upstream, so we can benefit
from changes directly and vice-versa. After all, this drop about
650 lines just copied from the upstream DTSI file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Tobias Welz
b735bbcb18 ramips: remove doublet entry in WizFi630S dts file
&wmac entry in WIZnet WizFi630S dts file was existing two times.
This is removing one of them.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 12:10:15 +02:00
Tobias Welz
36d4c2272e ramips: disable unused phy ports of WizFi630S
WIZnet WizFi630S is using only 3 of the phy ports. The unused phy ports
draw unnecessarily power. This is disabling the unused phy ports.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 12:10:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
e47bec489f bcm47xx: switch to kernel 5.4
Switch, LEDs, USB, buttons, sysupgrade testedon BCM4706.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 15:51:08 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7125323b81 bcm53xx: switch to kernel 5.4
Switch, USB, WiFi, buttons tested on BCM47094.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:28:56 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
36c53e0dd2 bcm53xx: set HW_RANDOM_BCM2835=y
This enables Random Number Generator support on Northstar (described in
DT with brcm,bcm5301x-rng).

It's also a workaround for OpenWrt bug with kernel config causing:
Broadcom BCM2835/BCM63xx Random Number Generator support (HW_RANDOM_BCM2835) [Y/n/m/?] (NEW)

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
c8c9876607 bcm53xx: update kernel 5.4 DTS to upstream 5.9 state
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
b9cd55b88e bcm53xx: update kernel 5.4 config
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Richard Fröhning
009e62c92c ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v3
TP-Link RE200 v3 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button

Unverified:
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

The device has not been opened for adding support. However, it is expected
that the behavior is similar to the RE200 v2. Instructions for serial console
and recovery may be checked out in commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support
for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[adjust commit title/message, sort support list]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 23:34:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1deaf695ec ramips: fix/tidy up 4M tplink-v2-image flash layouts
For the TP-Link 4M devices with tplink-v2-image recipe
(mktplinkfw2.c), there are two different flash layouts based
on the size of the (u)boot partition:

device         uboot    OEM firmware  OpenWrt (incl. config)
tl-wr840n-v5   0x20000  0x3c0000      0x3d0000
tl-wr841n-v14  0x10000  0x3d0000      0x3e0000

In both cases, the 0x10000 config partition is used for the firmware
partition as well due to the limited space available and since it's
recreated by the OEM firmware anyway.

However, the TFTP flashing process will only copy data up to the
size of the initial (OEM) firmware size. Therefore, while we can
use the bigger partition to have additional erase blocks on the
device, we have to limit the image sizes to the TFTP limits.

So far, only one layout definition has been set up in mktplinkfw2.c
for 4M mediatek devices. This adds a second one and assigns them
to the devices so the image sizes are correctly restrained.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 12:17:08 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
18b7d87a8f kirkwood: get rid of BOARD_NAME and tidy up DEVICE_DTS
Since most of the DTS file names follow a common scheme now, let's
update the automatically generated DEVICE_DTS value and get rid
of some DEVICE_DTS and all BOARD_NAME entries for individual devices.

This should specifically make the job easier for developers adding
new devices, as they are not tempted to copy over BOARD_NAME anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 10:47:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
356866c481 target: replace remaining occurrences of ifconfig with ip
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for our target setup by the
corresponding ip commands now.

Note that this does not touch ar71xx, as it will be dropped anyway,
and changing it would only make backports harder.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 10:42:04 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
c90db26e05 ar71xx: restore support for boot console with arbitrary baud rates
Commit 1bfbf2de6d ("ar71xx: serial: core: add support for boot console
with arbitrary baud rates") added support for arbitrary baud rates which
enabled 250000 baud rate for Yun. But the patch was not ported to kernel
4.9, and since then the kernel set its baud rate to 9600. This commit ports
the patch to kernel 4.14, thereby restoring the serial console of Yun.

Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 18:10:06 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
a5e404d192 ar71xx: enable ethernet LED of Arduino Yun
Commit 05d73a2a73 enabled GPIO on ethernet LED, but proper LED setup was
not added then. This commit fixes it by reverting the change on the LED.

Fixes: 05d73a2a73 ("ar71xx: Arduino Yun board 'WLAN RST' button support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
58dc1d0637 ar71xx: fix sysupgrade for Arduino Yun
Commit bb46b635df changed its partition scheme, but sysupgrade image
validation still uses the old format. This commit fixes it so that
force flag is not needed for sysupgrade.

Fixes: bb46b635df ("ar71xx: move Arduino Yun to generic building code")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
43896dc0b0 Revert "ar71xx: fix Arduino Yun enabling of level shifters outputs"
This reverts commit 077253dd66.

The output enable pins should be disabled by default, and only enabled when
used. Otherwise unwanted conflicts might occur between MCU and SoC pins.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00